{"title":"Ford Ranger","description":"\u003cp\u003eBrowse Ford Ranger vehicle collections and choose the exact model, generation or year range before viewing compatible products.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"ford-ranger-wildtrak-v6-3-0l-diesel-ecu-tuning-2022-2025","title":"Ford Ranger Wildtrak V6 3.0L Diesel ECU Tuning - Custom Remap 2022-2025","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFord Ranger Wildtrak V6 Diesel ECU Tuning for 2022-2025\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Hoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering ECU tuning service is for the Ford Ranger Wildtrak V6 3.0L Diesel from 2022-2025. It is built for owners who want a more responsive, more capable Ranger for towing, loaded driving, daily use and performance-focused road or trail work, without buying a generic flash file.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe published power figure for this custom remap is up to 320 HP, showing the scale of what is possible when the vehicle condition, fuel, hardware and calibration route support it. Your Ranger is still treated as an individual vehicle: the final calibration is shaped by logs, condition, temperature behaviour, hardware, feedback and the tuning method selected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat This Custom Ranger Remap Changes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eModern diesel pickups can feel held back by conservative factory calibration, especially when carrying weight, towing or needing clean mid-range response. This Ford Ranger 3.0 V6 diesel tuning service recalibrates the engine management software to help improve power delivery, throttle response and usable torque character.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe service focuses on software calibration rather than physical engine changes. The available product information confirms non-invasive software tuning with no hardware modifications or ECU swaps required for the remap itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSharper response:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps the Ranger react more cleanly when pulling away, overtaking or driving with load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStronger mid-range feel:\u003c\/strong\u003e supports more confident towing and loaded driving where diesel torque delivery matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom calibration:\u003c\/strong\u003e built around your vehicle rather than treated as a one-size-fits-all file.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemote or dyno route:\u003c\/strong\u003e choose the tuning method that best fits your location, schedule and preference for in-person testing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho This Ford Ranger 3.0 V6 Diesel Tuning Is For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis service suits Ranger Wildtrak owners who want the vehicle to feel more responsive and composed under real use, not just produce a headline number. It is particularly relevant if your pickup is used as a work vehicle, tow vehicle, touring platform or fast daily driver.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTowing and hauling:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful when you want stronger response with trailers, tools or camping equipment on board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDaily road use:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps make the Ranger feel less flat in normal acceleration and overtaking situations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOff-road and touring builds:\u003c\/strong\u003e supports smoother control when the vehicle is carrying accessories or expedition equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOwners comparing tuning options:\u003c\/strong\u003e ideal if you want a custom Hoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering process rather than a basic file upload.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExact Vehicle Fitment and Buyer Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis ECU remap is for the Ford Ranger Wildtrak V6 3.0L Diesel, model years 2022-2025. The supported engine application is also described as the Ford Ranger 3.0L V6 TD EcoBlue from 2022-2025.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe diesel fitment matters. This is not positioned as a Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 petrol tune, a 2.0 diesel tune or a plug-in hybrid calibration. If your Ranger has a different engine, model year or powertrain, speak to Hoonies Adrenaline before choosing a tuning route.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCustom Tuning Approach With Hoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering position this as a custom tuning service, not a flash-and-dash file. The calibration is shaped around the individual vehicle, its logs, condition, hardware, driver feedback and any issues that appear during the process.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat approach matters because two Rangers can respond differently depending on servicing, fuel quality, operating temperatures, existing hardware and how the vehicle is used. A tow vehicle, a road-focused daily and an expedition build may need different calibration priorities, even when they share the same 3.0L V6 diesel platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe aim is to reach a suitable calibration for the engine, transmission behaviour, vehicle condition and use case, rather than chasing a fixed number at the expense of driveability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow Fully Remote ECU Tuning Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Remote option is designed for Ranger owners who want the custom tuning process without travelling to St Neots. It uses a supplied OBD2 device and your smartphone to log engine data and support calibration work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelect the Remote tuning method:\u003c\/strong\u003e choose the remote route when ordering the service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse the supplied OBD2 device:\u003c\/strong\u003e the device and smartphone workflow allows engine data to be logged from your vehicle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLog the Ranger in real use:\u003c\/strong\u003e data from your vehicle helps shape the calibration around its condition and behaviour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReceive a custom calibration file:\u003c\/strong\u003e the remap is created from the vehicle profile, logs and feedback.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRefine from further data:\u003c\/strong\u003e the process can involve iterative adjustments so the calibration is matched to the vehicle rather than left as a generic file.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eRemote tuning is especially useful if your Ranger is used for work, towing or travel and you want a structured calibration process without losing time to a workshop visit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDyno Tuning at St Neots\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Dyno option is available at St Neots for owners who prefer an in-person tuning session. This route is suited to buyers who want measured before-and-after performance testing and workshop-led calibration time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe in-house dyno route is particularly useful if you want the vehicle assessed under controlled load, if you have specific driveability feedback, or if the Ranger has hardware changes that should be discussed before calibration. Existing service information refers to professional hub dyno tuning, with booking time depending on the vehicle and the session required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you are deciding between Remote and Dyno, choose Remote for convenience and choose Dyno if you value in-person support, measured runs and workshop time at St Neots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eService Provider\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoonies Adrenaline x Lukos Engineering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eECU tuning \/ custom remap service\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Wildtrak V6 3.0L Diesel, 2022-2025\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEngine Application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger 3.0L V6 TD EcoBlue diesel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTuning Methods\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemote or Dyno\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDyno Location\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSt Neots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRemote Tuning Equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied OBD2 device and smartphone logging workflow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHardware Requirement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo hardware modifications or ECU swaps required for the remap service\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 320 HP, vehicle dependent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBefore Ordering and Vehicle Condition\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the best tuning experience, make sure the Ranger is in sound mechanical condition before calibration. Service condition, air filtration, cooling system health, fuel, temperatures and existing hardware can all influence the result.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the vehicle has performance parts, towing equipment or a particular use case, share that before tuning. The more accurately the vehicle is described, the easier it is for Hoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering to prioritise the right balance of response, delivery and calibration headroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWarranty, Insurance and Practical Cautions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs with any ECU tune, remap or vehicle modification, warranty decisions can be affected and remain with the dealer, manufacturer or warranty provider. Tuning should also be declared to your insurer where required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePerformance results are vehicle dependent. Condition, fuel, hardware, logs, temperature behaviour and the chosen Remote or Dyno tuning route can all influence the final calibration and output.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this remap for the Ford Ranger Wildtrak V6 3.0L Diesel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The intended application is the Ford Ranger Wildtrak V6 3.0L Diesel from 2022-2025, also described as the Ford Ranger 3.0L V6 TD EcoBlue diesel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the up to 320 HP figure guaranteed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo fixed power number is guaranteed. Up to 320 HP shows the stated potential for this service, but your Ranger is calibrated individually and results depend on condition, fuel, hardware, temperatures and logs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose Remote tuning or Dyno tuning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose Remote if convenience is the priority and you are comfortable using the supplied OBD2 device and smartphone logging workflow. Choose Dyno at St Neots if you want in-person calibration and measured before-and-after testing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the tuning require engine hardware modifications?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo hardware modifications or ECU swaps are required for the remap service itself. If your Ranger already has hardware changes, share those details before tuning so the calibration route can be planned correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill ECU tuning affect my warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can. As with any remap or vehicle modification, warranty decisions sit with the dealer, manufacturer or warranty provider, so it is sensible to understand your position before proceeding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I check before booking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck that the vehicle is mechanically healthy, serviced appropriately and running the fuel you intend to use after tuning. Tell Hoonies Adrenaline about towing use, added weight, existing modifications or any known driveability issues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePayment Terms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor UK customers, the price shown includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping costs, so you can order with confidence and avoid unexpected customs bills after purchase. If any customs-related questions or issues arise, Hoonies Adrenaline will handle them for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor orders outside the UK, please contact us through the contact form before purchasing so we can prepare a personalised quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping and Lead Times\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe aim to keep strong stock availability across the products we sell, but imported, specialist and custom-order items may have a lead time. If you need an estimated delivery window before ordering, please contact us and we will be happy to check this for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you place an order for an item that is currently out of stock or already on order with a supplier, Hoonies Adrenaline will contact you as soon as possible with an update.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lukos Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Remote","offer_id":51786158801238,"sku":null,"price":1300.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dyno (St Neots)","offer_id":51786158834006,"sku":null,"price":1500.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Ford_Ranger_Wildtrak_3.0_2022.png?v=1779007695"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-300kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"ARB OME BP-51 Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 40 mm Lift Kit, 300-600 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake your loaded Ranger more comfortable to drive.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA canopy, drawers and regularly carried gear add weight that your suspension has to cope with on every journey. This BP-51 kit is for a 2023+ Ranger Mk8 Double Cab carrying 300-600 kg of constant additional rear load. It combines a 40 mm lift with springs suited to that weight and adjustable shocks, so you can improve the ride on the road and control how the suspension responds over rough ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSKU \/ part number: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51MFORA8DK\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBetter control over bumps\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBP-51 allows the suspension to move more freely around its normal ride height, helping soften smaller bumps. As it approaches full compression or extension, the damping increases to slow the movement. Internal bypass passages control the oil flow, allowing the shocks to provide a comfortable response to smaller bumps while controlling larger suspension movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version is designed for 300-600 kg of constant additional rear load. Include equipment and cargo normally carried at the rear, such as a canopy, drawers, tools or camping gear. The weight of occasional luggage alone is not a reason to choose heavier springs. Springs that are too stiff for your usual load can make the ride less comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjusting compression and rebound\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression adjustment changes how strongly the shock resists being compressed by a bump. Rebound adjustment changes how it controls the suspension as it extends again. You can adjust the two separately with the shocks fitted. Start with the settings supplied for your vehicle, then make small changes to suit the ride you prefer. The adjusters are on the shocks themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront coils and 2 front BP-51 shocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 rear leaf springs and 2 rear BP-51 shocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreasable shackles, 2 spring-bush kits and 4 U-bolts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriveline spacer kit and bump-stop adapters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eKit reference: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51MFORA8DK\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIf your usual load is different\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the same Ranger generation and Double Cab application, compare the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-medium-load-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e0-300 kg Mk8 kit\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-600kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e600 kg+ Mk8 kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose around your normal carried weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting and wheel alignment are recommended. Set the spring preload and damping for the vehicle configuration, then check clearances and the final ride height with the normal load aboard. The quoted lift is a kit specification; the final height depends on the vehicle and its equipment. This kit does not itself increase the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Old Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBP-51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSABP51MFORA8DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab, 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstant additional rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300-600 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal bypass, position-sensitive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard-anodised 6061 aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent external compression and rebound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does constant load mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe additional weight normally carried at the rear, including permanent accessories and regular load-bed cargo. This kit is rated for 300-600 kg; choose the spring specification around that everyday weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the strongest springs give me the best ride?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Springs intended for a much heavier constant load can be the wrong choice for a lightly equipped truck. The right spring rate and sensible damping settings matter more than choosing the highest number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust it without removing the shocks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compression and rebound can be adjusted independently with the shocks installed. You access the adjusters at the shocks; this is not electronic in-cab adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the lift increase my payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A suspension lift and load-matched springs do not, by themselves, change the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the Ranger Raptor suspension kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the specified Ranger Mk8 Double Cab kit. The Raptor has a different suspension layout.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51922472304982,"sku":"XSABP51MFORA8DK","price":3748.93,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/BPR1.png?v=1763753693"},{"product_id":"arb-smartbar-stealthbar-ford-ranger-mk8-wildtrak-2023-onwards-6-sensor-varient","title":"ARB StealthBar | Ranger Mk8 Wildtrak 6-Sensor | XVBSA292BL291FORA8","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtect your Wildtrak without losing the look you chose.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe StealthBar follows the Ranger's front-end contours, giving you a complete bumper replacement with a lower-profile appearance than a traditional raised bull bar. Its UV-stabilised polymer body resists rust and uses flexibility to absorb impact. This version is for the 2023+ Mk8 Wildtrak Double Cab with six front sensors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XVBSA292BL291FORA8\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose a polymer bar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePolymer brings corrosion resistance and flexibility to a part that lives at the front of the truck. It can deform under impact and recover its shape in some strikes, rather than behaving like a rigid steel bar. That is useful protection for touring and working use, without treating every scrape as damaged paint exposing metal underneath. No bar can prevent damage in every collision.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA considered fit around your Wildtrak\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bumper-replacement design follows the original lines and wraps around the front corners. It is engineered for the vehicle's airbag system, with mounting provisions for driving lights and compatibility with the relevant ARB under-vehicle protection and recovery-point products. Those accessories are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRequired parts for the installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow for the \u003cstrong\u003eXVBSA290CRK camera and radar housing\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eXVBX3500630 flip-up number-plate kit\u003c\/strong\u003e alongside the bar. They are listed as required accessories for this application, rather than included in the bar price. Correct sensor positioning and the vehicle's calibration requirements form part of the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMatch the model and sensor arrangement\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis SKU is for the Wildtrak Double Cab with six sensors, not a universal Mk8 Ranger bar. Other trims or sensor arrangements require their own application check. Professional installation is recommended so the bumper, protection accessories and original equipment work together as intended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB SmartBar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXVBSA292BL291FORA8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStealthBar complete bumper replacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Wildtrak Double Cab, 2023+, 6 sensors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV-stabilised polymer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAirbag compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngineered for the stated vehicle application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXVBSA290CRK camera\/radar housing; XVBX3500630 number-plate kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAccessory provisions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDriving-light mounts; compatible ARB protection and recovery products\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every 2023+ Ranger?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This version is specifically for the Mk8 Wildtrak Double Cab with six front sensors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose it over a traditional steel bar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe low-profile shape follows the Ranger's styling, while the polymer body is corrosion resistant and flexible. Those are the main reasons to choose this construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the camera housing and number-plate kit included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are separate required accessories: XVBSA290CRK and XVBX3500630.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it prevent all front-end damage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It adds front protection, but the outcome of an impact still depends on its force, direction and what is struck. The polymer's ability to recover shape is not a guarantee after every collision.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942871957846,"sku":"XVBSA292BL291FORA8","price":3381.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Smart1.png?v=1763988995"},{"product_id":"front-bumper-winch-mount-plate-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"Truckman Winch Mount Plate - Ford Ranger Mk8 2023+ - 29WFBPAFORA8","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdd recovery capability and keep your Ranger's factory look\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you want a recovery winch without changing to a full replacement front bar, this Truckman mounting plate gives your Ranger Mk8 a purpose-built mounting position behind the original front bumper. It is designed for Ranger Mk8 Double Cab models from 2023 onwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e 29WFBPAFORA8\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA discreet place for a recovery winch\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mount sits behind the factory bumper, keeping the familiar appearance while providing a structural mounting position for a compatible low-line winch. That is useful when you want winch capability but prefer the original front-end styling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSteel construction for a properly supported installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe heavy-duty steel plate has a black powder-coated finish. It is intended for most compatible low-line winches up to 12,000 lb, with exact winch dimensions, bolt pattern and clearances checked against the fitting arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the winch as part of the complete installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mounting plate is one part of the recovery system. Choose the winch, suitable fairlead, electrical supply and rated recovery equipment separately, and account for their weight on the front axle and suspension.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHave the completed installation checked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the vehicle-specific fitting instructions and a competent installer to check the bumper, mounting points, winch access and surrounding components. Any required trimming or changes need to follow those instructions for your exact Ranger.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29WFBPAFORA8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTruckman\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29WFBPAFORA8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8, 2023 onwards, Double Cab installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront-bumper winch mounting plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBehind factory front bumper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWinch suitability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost compatible low-line winches up to 12,000 lb; check dimensions and mounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWinch and fairlead\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChosen separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle-specific fitting and clearance checks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the winch included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This listing supplies the mounting plate. Choose the compatible winch, fairlead, electrical connection and recovery equipment separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it retain the original bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed to place the winch behind the factory front bumper on Ranger Mk8 Double Cab models from 2023 onwards. Follow the exact fitting instructions for bumper work and clearances.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill any 12,000 lb winch fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the low-line winch body dimensions, mounting pattern, control-box position and fairlead arrangement. The load rating alone does not establish a physical fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat else should I plan for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eInclude the winch electrical supply, safe isolation, fairlead access and rated recovery equipment. Account for the added front-end weight when checking suspension and axle loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho should fit it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA competent installer should follow the exact vehicle instructions and check the completed bumper and winch arrangement. That helps make sure mounting points and clearances are correct.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942974882134,"sku":"29WFBPAFORA8","price":523.37,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/WinchPlate.png?v=1763989675"},{"product_id":"arb-summit-bar-ranger-mk8-2022-wildtrak-platinum-with-360-camera-and-6-sensors","title":"ARB Summit MkII Bull Bar - Ford Ranger Wildtrak \/ Platinum 2022+ with 360 Camera","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtect your Ranger and make room for the equipment you want\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Summit MkII combines substantial steel protection with a design that works around the technology in your Ranger. This 3440600 application is for the 2022+ Wildtrak or Platinum with a 360-degree camera and six front parking sensors, giving you a purposeful foundation for touring lights and a compatible winch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XVFBF3440600\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProtection that suits your Ranger\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 60.3 mm steel tubes and upswept wings give the Summit MkII a strong presence while following your Ranger's bodywork. Integrated fog, daytime-running and indicator lights keep the finished front end tidy. You get the practical protection of a steel bar with lighting designed into it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdd lights, aerials and a winch\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDriving-light and aerial provisions let you build the front setup around your trips. Winch compatibility creates the option for self-recovery equipment, but a winch and the 3540240 winch installation kit are separate. Underpanels are supplied; rated recovery points are separate accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCamera and sensor integration\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the front-camera bar application. Correct relocation and alignment of the original equipment are part of the installation, not details to leave until the end. A separate Ford software calibration is available to optimise the airbag, radar and 360-camera systems for the bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fitting involves\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe installation requires cutting the original bumper and wheel-arch flares, fitting the bar mounts, relocating relevant sensors and connecting the lighting. Professional installation is recommended. This is a permanent modification to the original bumper, not a no-cut bolt-on cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLooking after your bar\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow for the bar and any winch when assessing front axle load and suspension. Keep the finish clean after salt, mud or sand exposure, and inspect mounts, wiring and clearances as part of routine servicing and pre-trip checks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Wildtrak \/ Platinum 2022+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFactory equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360-degree camera and six front parking sensors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3440600\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel; 60.3 mm diameter main tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated fog, daytime-running and indicator lighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eUnderpanels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWinch installation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible winch and 3540240 installation kit separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBumper and flare cutting required; professional installation recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAccessory provisions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDriving lights and aerials; accessories separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRecovery points\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparate approved recovery points required for recovery loads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXVFBF3440600\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes fitting require cutting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The fitting guide requires the original bumper and wheel-arch flares to be cut. Factor that work into the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I keep my 360 camera?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the camera-compatible bar application. Correct mounting and system checks are required, and the separate Ford software calibration is available for the completed setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a winch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A compatible winch and its installation kit are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre recovery points included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose the correct rated recovery points for the complete installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every 2022+ Ranger?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This offer is the Wildtrak \/ Platinum application with the camera and sensor equipment shown. Do not select it only by model year.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51981122961750,"sku":"XVFBF3440600","price":2360.51,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/MainImage1.png?v=1771160024"},{"product_id":"lazer-lamps-roof-pods-next-gen-ford-ranger-ford-raptor-2023","title":"Lazer Glide Roof Pod Kit for Ford Ranger \/ Raptor \u0026 VW Amarok","description":"\u003cp class=\"standfirst\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight up more of the route, with a roofline that still looks right.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA low-profile roof pod can look like part of the Raptor in daylight and earn its place when the route turns dark. This Lazer kit houses two pre-mounted Glide LED bars in a gloss-black pod, combining a broad beam with long reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pod, lamps and base fitting materials are included. Choose the CANNY connection and optional button around the controls your installation needs; those choices do not change the two lamps in the kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your interface and button\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\" style=\"max-width: 100%; overflow-x: auto;\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"range-comparison\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eInterface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eButton\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eTotal price\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eNo added interface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo additional button\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRK-BLK-01K-FR-1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,296.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eNo added interface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFLIC Smart Button\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRK-BLK-01K-FR-2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,380.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDirect Connect CANNY\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo additional button\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRK-BLK-01K-FR-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,458.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDirect Connect CANNY\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFLIC Smart Button\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRK-BLK-01K-FR-4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,542.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eContactless CANNY\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo additional button\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRK-BLK-01K-FR-5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,500.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eContactless CANNY\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFLIC Smart Button\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRK-BLK-01K-FR-6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,584.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe £1,296 base kit has no added CANNY interface or FLIC button. Add £162 for Direct Connect or £204 for Contactless, and £84 for FLIC. Choose FLIC without an interface only if compatible CANNY is already fitted or supplied separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2022+ Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 EcoBoost petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePod\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow-profile PC-ASA housing with gloss-black painted finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLamps\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo pre-mounted Glide LED bars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupply range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–32 V DC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCombined raw output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 23,000 lumens in boost mode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eColour temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,000 K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCombined boost power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 W; peak current 19.2 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBeam data\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64° horizontal \/ 13° vertical; combined 1-lux line at 775 m in boost mode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLamp weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.68 kg per lamp; not the complete installed pod weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eEnvironmental specification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP68 lamp rating; ECE R10 electromagnetic-compatibility statement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eHigh-beam approval\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eECE R149 in the specified lower output mode; exact installation requirements still apply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCombined current draw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.6 A at 14.4 V in boost mode; peak 19.2 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAdhesive curing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAt least 24 hours parked above 20°C after fitting; full bonding after seven days, longer in lower temperatures.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA broad beam with long reach\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn combined boost mode, the lamps produce up to 23,000 raw lumens, with a 64° horizontal spread and 13° vertical spread. The combined beam reaches the one-lux line at 775 metres in boost mode.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 5,000 K light and low-profile housing make this an appealing touring upgrade for a truck you also enjoy looking at in daylight. The pod and lamps are designed and manufactured in the UK, with five-year Lazer warranty cover subject to its terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eECE R149 approval applies to the specified lower-output mode. Boost output is not covered by that road-use approval; the controls, installation and operation must also meet the applicable requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the control connection\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhere a conventional usable 12V high-beam signal is unavailable, a compatible CANNY interface provides the control connection. The exact headlight and vehicle system determines the correct arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDirect Connect uses wired connections to the CAN wiring. Contactless reads the data without cutting those CAN wires or making a metal-to-metal connection to them. Contactless adds £42 over Direct Connect; it is the choice if keeping those wires uncut matters to your installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSelect no added interface when a suitable system is already fitted or being supplied separately. The optional FLIC button works with compatible CANNY; it does not replace the interface. All options contain the same two Glide lamps. The extra spend changes how they connect and how you control them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGloss-black roof pod with two Glide lamps pre-mounted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeft and right positioning templates, preparation materials, positioning tabs and adhesive\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWiring kit with Y-splitter and 12 V relay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable grommet, heat-shrink connectors and 1.2 m wire concealer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour chosen CANNY interface and FLIC button are added to that base package. All six combinations use the same lamps and pod.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA bonded installation without drilling the roof\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplied fitting method bonds the pod to the roof and routes concealed wiring externally along the A-pillar. Plan for the vehicle to remain parked for at least 24 hours after fitting, above 20°C. Full bonding takes seven days, longer in lower temperatures. Surface preparation and the complete curing procedure are part of the installation. Lazer recommends fitting within one month of purchase because the adhesive has a limited shelf life.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the guide for the exact roof arrangement, including the illustrated roof-rail versions. Racks, rails, awnings and other equipment need space around the pod and cable route. The separately supported Amarok application has its own fitting guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pod is removable using the specified process, but removal can require specialist adhesive and surface work. Treat it as a bonded accessory rather than a temporary attachment, particularly on a leased truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lazerlamps.com\/media\/mageplaza\/product_attachments\/attachment_file\/v\/w\/vw_amarok_ford_ranger_-_glide_pl_roof_pods_-_fitting_instructions_-_lazer.pdf\"\u003eRead the Lazer roof-pod fitting and curing instructions\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLiving with the finished lights\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHave the installer demonstrate the controls and output modes, then follow Lazer’s inspection and cleaning guidance for the lamps, bond and wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the completed truck’s height with all roof equipment before using garages or height barriers. Keep the installation and purchase records for future servicing and warranty enquiries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich lights come in this kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo pre-mounted Glide LED bars. The control options do not switch the lamps to a different Lazer range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to drill the roof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplied bonded mounting and wire concealer provide a no-drill roof installation when fitted as directed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit with roof rails or a rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pod supports the roof arrangements shown in the fitting guide. Check racks, rails and other accessories against those illustrations for mounting space and cable clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs Contactless CANNY worth the extra £42?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose it if you want the data connection without cutting the CAN wires. Direct Connect is the wired alternative. Both need vehicle compatibility, power and correct installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy the FLIC option without another interface?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, where a compatible CANNY interface is already fitted or supplied separately. FLIC does not work as a replacement for that system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre all 23,000 lumens approved for road use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. That is the boost-mode figure. The stated ECE R149 approval is for the specified lower-output mode, with the correct installation and operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I remove it when I sell the truck?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRemoval follows Lazer’s bonded-pod procedure and can need specialist surface work. Mark-free removal is not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long can I store it before fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLazer recommends installation within one month of purchase because of the supplied adhesive’s shelf life. Follow its storage and curing instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow soon can I drive after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow at least 24 hours parked after fitting, above 20°C. Full bonding takes seven days and longer in lower temperatures. Plan the workshop visit around that curing time and follow the complete Lazer fitting instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lazer Lamps","offers":[{"title":"None \/ Smart Button (For use with CANNY) +£0","offer_id":52006759170390,"sku":"RK-BLK-01K-FR-1","price":1296.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"None \/ FLIC Smart Button +£84","offer_id":52006759203158,"sku":"RK-BLK-01K-FR-2","price":1380.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"CANNY Interface (Direct Connect) +£162 \/ Smart Button (For use with CANNY) +£0","offer_id":52006759235926,"sku":"RK-BLK-01K-FR-3","price":1458.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"CANNY Interface (Direct Connect) +£162 \/ FLIC Smart Button +£84","offer_id":52006759268694,"sku":"RK-BLK-01K-FR-4","price":1542.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"CANNY Interface (Contactless Control) +£204 \/ Smart Button (For use with CANNY) +£0","offer_id":52006759301462,"sku":"RK-BLK-01K-FR-5","price":1500.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"CANNY Interface (Contactless Control) +£204 \/ FLIC Smart Button +£84","offer_id":52006759334230,"sku":"RK-BLK-01K-FR-6","price":1584.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/RoofPod10.png?v=1764685766"},{"product_id":"tackform-slim-track-dash-bracket-next-gen-ranger-raptor-2023","title":"Tackform Slim Track Dash Bracket - Next-Gen Ford Ranger\/Raptor (2023+) Storage Mount","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePurpose-Built Dash Mounting for Next-Gen Ford Ranger and Ranger Raptor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tackform Slim Track Dash Bracket is a precision-engineered mounting solution designed exclusively for the 2023+ Ford Ranger and Ranger Raptor. Developed for drivers who demand reliability, flexibility, and a clean interior layout, this bracket provides a secure, all-metal platform for mounting essential devices and accessories directly to your dashboard. Whether you're building a professional overland rig, preparing for expedition travel, or simply want a clutter-free cabin, Tackform delivers a robust solution tailored to serious off-road and utility use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Slim Track Dash Bracket Enhances Your Vehicle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bracket transforms your dashboard into a versatile mounting hub, allowing you to securely attach and position devices such as smartphones, tablets, GPS units, radios, dash cameras, and navigation equipment. Unlike generic suction or adhesive mounts, the Slim Track system integrates directly into the vehicle’s dash, providing a stable and vibration-resistant base that holds up to the rigours of off-road driving, towing, and demanding daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy replacing the factory trim bezel and utilising existing radio bolts plus additional rear screws, the bracket ensures a factory-quality fit while maintaining the option to revert to the OEM look if needed. The low-profile design keeps your devices accessible without compromising the interior aesthetics or ergonomics of your Ranger or Raptor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Mounting Solution Excels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tackform Slim Track Dash Bracket is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOff-road and expedition builds requiring secure, accessible device mounting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProfessional work vehicles needing reliable platforms for radios and navigation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDrivers who use mapping, communication, or camera equipment regularly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOwners seeking a clean, integrated dash layout without clutter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts modular track system allows you to expand or reposition mounts as your needs evolve, making it suitable for both single-device setups and complex multi-device installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Tackform Slim Track System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVehicle-specific fitment for 2023+ Ford Ranger and Ranger Raptor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAll-metal construction using high-grade 6061-T6 aluminium for strength and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow-profile, OEM-style integration for a seamless interior appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjustable and expandable mounting positions for a variety of devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStable, vibration-resistant platform for off-road and rough terrain\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy installation and full reversibility to factory trim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered from premium 6061-T6 aluminium, the Slim Track Dash Bracket is CNC machined for precise fitment and enhanced strength. The hardcoat anodised finish ensures corrosion resistance and an OEM-quality look that blends with your vehicle’s interior. Every bracket is designed using laser scanning technology to match the complex contours of the Ranger and Raptor dashboards, resulting in a secure and professional-grade installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bracket fully replaces the factory dash trim bezel and mounts using two existing radio bolts plus two additional rear screws for added stability. Installation is straightforward for anyone familiar with basic interior trim removal. Should you wish to revert to the original setup, the OEM bezel will cover any drilled holes, preserving the vehicle’s resale value and appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe integrated track system allows for rapid repositioning of compatible Tackform mounts—no fumbling with nuts or awkward adjustments. Devices can be added, removed, or repositioned in seconds, making it easy to adapt your setup for changing needs or multiple drivers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTackform\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlim Track Dash Bracket \/ Storage Mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger (Next Gen – 2023+), Ford Ranger Raptor (2023+)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6061-T6 Aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardcoat anodised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplaces OEM trim bezel, uses existing radio bolts plus rear screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTrack System\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated Slim Track for adjustable device positioning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReal-World Problem Solved\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOff-road and expedition drivers often struggle with unstable, cluttered, or unreliable device mounts that fail under vibration or rough terrain. The Tackform Slim Track Dash Bracket addresses this by providing a rigid, vehicle-specific mounting platform that keeps essential devices secure and accessible—improving safety, convenience, and cabin organisation for demanding journeys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat devices can I mount with the Tackform Slim Track system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe system supports a wide range of devices including smartphones, tablets, GPS units, dash cameras, radios, and off-road navigation equipment using compatible Tackform mounts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the bracket compatible with all Next-Gen Ford Ranger and Ranger Raptor models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is specifically designed for the 2023+ Ford Ranger and Ranger Raptor platforms for precise fitment and integration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill installation require permanent modifications to my dashboard?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bracket uses existing mounting points and additional rear screws. Any holes drilled are fully concealed if you revert to the OEM trim, preserving the original appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I reposition or add mounts after installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The Slim Track system allows for quick repositioning, addition, or removal of device mounts without tools or complex adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this bracket better than universal suction or adhesive mounts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike universal solutions, this bracket offers a stable, integrated platform that resists vibration and movement, especially in off-road or rough driving conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for professional or expedition vehicle builds?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is engineered for demanding environments and is widely used in off-road, expedition, and professional vehicle setups where reliability and adaptability are critical.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tackform","offers":[{"title":"20LITE Phone Holder \/ Metal Tablet Holder \/ CB Radio Holder","offer_id":52057749913942,"sku":null,"price":255.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20LITE Phone Holder \/ Metal Tablet Holder \/ CB Radio \/ Walkie Talkie Holder","offer_id":52206356758870,"sku":null,"price":260.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20LITE Phone Holder \/ Metal Tablet Holder \/ None","offer_id":52057833570646,"sku":null,"price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20LITE Phone Holder \/ None \/ CB Radio Holder","offer_id":52057749946710,"sku":null,"price":165.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20LITE Phone Holder \/ None \/ CB Radio \/ Walkie Talkie Holder","offer_id":52206356791638,"sku":null,"price":170.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20LITE Phone Holder \/ None \/ None","offer_id":52057833603414,"sku":null,"price":110.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magsafe Phone Holder \/ Metal Tablet Holder \/ CB Radio Holder","offer_id":52057749979478,"sku":null,"price":255.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magsafe Phone Holder \/ Metal Tablet Holder \/ CB Radio \/ Walkie Talkie Holder","offer_id":52206356824406,"sku":null,"price":255.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magsafe Phone Holder \/ Metal Tablet Holder \/ None","offer_id":52057833636182,"sku":null,"price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magsafe Phone Holder \/ None \/ CB Radio Holder","offer_id":52057750012246,"sku":null,"price":165.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magsafe Phone Holder \/ None \/ CB Radio \/ Walkie Talkie Holder","offer_id":52206356857174,"sku":null,"price":170.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magsafe Phone Holder \/ None \/ None","offer_id":52057833668950,"sku":null,"price":110.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Charging Magsafe Phone Holder \/ Metal Tablet Holder \/ CB Radio Holder","offer_id":52057750045014,"sku":null,"price":265.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Charging Magsafe Phone Holder \/ Metal Tablet Holder \/ CB Radio \/ Walkie Talkie Holder","offer_id":52206356889942,"sku":null,"price":255.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Charging Magsafe Phone Holder \/ Metal Tablet Holder \/ None","offer_id":52057833701718,"sku":null,"price":210.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Charging Magsafe Phone Holder \/ None \/ CB Radio Holder","offer_id":52057750077782,"sku":null,"price":175.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Charging Magsafe Phone Holder \/ None \/ CB Radio \/ Walkie Talkie Holder","offer_id":52206356922710,"sku":null,"price":180.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Charging Magsafe Phone Holder \/ None \/ None","offer_id":52057833734486,"sku":null,"price":120.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"None \/ Metal Tablet Holder \/ CB Radio Holder","offer_id":52057750110550,"sku":null,"price":195.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"None \/ Metal Tablet Holder \/ CB Radio \/ Walkie Talkie Holder","offer_id":52206356955478,"sku":null,"price":255.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"None \/ Metal Tablet Holder \/ None","offer_id":52057833767254,"sku":null,"price":140.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"None \/ None \/ CB Radio Holder","offer_id":52057750143318,"sku":null,"price":105.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"None \/ None \/ CB Radio \/ Walkie Talkie Holder","offer_id":52206356988246,"sku":null,"price":110.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"None \/ None \/ None","offer_id":52057833800022,"sku":null,"price":50.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Trackmount6.png?v=1765375812"},{"product_id":"ford-ranger-ms-rt-3-0l-v6-diesel-ecu-remap-2023-sport-performance-tune-proven-bhp-torque-gains-uk-diesel-tuning","title":"Ford Ranger MS-RT 3.0L V6 Diesel ECU Remap (2024+) - Sport Performance Diesel Tuning","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFord Ranger MS-RT 3.0L V6 Diesel ECU Remap: Bespoke Sport Performance Tuning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlock the true potential of your Ford Ranger MS-RT 3.0L V6 Diesel (2023+) with this custom ECU remap from Hoonies Adrenaline. Designed specifically for the MS-RT platform, this performance calibration delivers measurable gains in power and torque, sharper throttle response, and enhanced drivability – all tailored to UK diesel fuel and real-world driving conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow the ECU Remap Enhances Your Ranger MS-RT\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis ECU remap is a fully bespoke calibration, not a generic map. Each MS-RT is individually logged, analysed, and tuned to optimise mid-range torque, acceleration, and throttle response. The result is a sportier, more responsive driving experience while retaining all factory engine protection strategies for reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eStronger mid-range pull for confident overtaking\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSharper throttle for immediate response\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eReduced turbo lag and optimised boost control\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConsistent torque delivery across the rev range\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFully reversible – return to stock at any time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eApplication: Who Should Consider This Remap?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis remap is ideal for owners of the Ford Ranger MS-RT 3.0L V6 Diesel (2023+) seeking more dynamic on-road performance, improved towing capability, or enhanced drivability without sacrificing reliability. Whether you use your Ranger for spirited road driving, heavy-duty towing, or as a versatile workhorse, this ECU tune delivers noticeable improvements in everyday driving and under load.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eKey Performance Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eEstimated 310–330+ BHP (vehicle condition dependent)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eEstimated 720–760+ Nm torque\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e0–60 mph acceleration faster than a stock Ranger Raptor\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eImproved rolling acceleration and sustained power under load\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eRetains factory DPF, AdBlue, and emissions systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoonies Adrenaline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eECU Remap \/ Diesel Performance Calibration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger MS-RT 3.0L V6 Diesel TD ECOBLUE (2023+)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCalibration Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully bespoke, vehicle-specific tuning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Gains (Estimated)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310–330+ BHP (vehicle condition dependent)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTorque Gains (Estimated)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720–760+ Nm (vehicle condition dependent)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEmissions Compliance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory DPF \u0026amp; AdBlue systems retained\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReversibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully reversible to stock calibration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Tuning Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose between remote ECU tuning (UK \u0026amp; international) or a full dyno tuning experience at the UK workshop in St Neots:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemote Tuning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Professional OBD device supplied. Read your ECU, receive a custom calibration, and flash at home. Up to 4 revisions included for optimal results.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDyno Tuning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes baseline dyno run, live calibration, before \u0026amp; after graphs, and road test. Same-day service available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo ECU removal or hardware swaps required. The process is fully reversible, and your original factory file is securely stored for peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSupporting Modifications and Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor maximum performance and reliability, maintain your vehicle with high-quality UK diesel, clean air filters, and a healthy DPF system. While strong gains are achieved on a stock MS-RT, further improvements are possible with supporting upgrades such as performance intercoolers, exhaust systems, and intake enhancements. If you add further modifications after tuning, recalibration is recommended to maintain optimal results.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eReal-World Problem Solved\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFactory calibration on the Ranger MS-RT leaves significant performance untapped, resulting in sluggish mid-range response and limited overtaking power. This bespoke ECU remap addresses these issues by optimising torque delivery, throttle response, and boost control, transforming your MS-RT into a more dynamic and enjoyable vehicle for both daily driving and demanding use.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this ECU remap a generic map or custom calibration?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery MS-RT is individually calibrated based on its unique ECU file and logged data. No generic files are used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat power gains can I expect from this remap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost stock vehicles see estimated outputs of 310–330+ BHP and 720–760+ Nm torque, depending on vehicle condition and fuel quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the remap safe for towing and daily use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The calibration is developed within safe torque limits, retaining all factory engine protection strategies. Towing performance and drivability are significantly improved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this tune affect my DPF or AdBlue systems?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. All factory emissions systems, including DPF and AdBlue, remain operational and unchanged. The tune is emissions compliant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I revert my Ranger MS-RT to the original factory calibration?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Your original ECU file is securely stored and can be reinstalled at any time using the supplied tuning device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this a Stage 1 remap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a bespoke performance calibration, not a fixed-stage file. The tune is tailored to your vehicle and any supporting modifications for the best possible results.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lukos Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Remote","offer_id":52170300424534,"sku":null,"price":1300.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dyno (St Neots)","offer_id":52170300457302,"sku":null,"price":1500.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/ford_ranger_msrt_2024.png?v=1779007453"},{"product_id":"fenix-radiators-intercooler-pipe-kit-next-gen-ford-ranger-3-0l-diesel-2023","title":"Fenix Intercooler \u0026 Pipe Kit - Next-Gen Ford Ranger 3.0L Diesel 2023+ Performance Upgrade","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFenix Intercooler \u0026amp; Pipe Kit for Next-Gen Ford Ranger 3.0L Diesel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fenix Intercooler \u0026amp; Pipe Kit is engineered specifically for the Next-Gen Ford Ranger 3.0L Diesel (2023+), offering a significant upgrade over the factory-fitted intercooler and piping. Developed in collaboration with CTB Performance, this kit is designed for enthusiasts and professionals seeking improved charge air cooling, reliability, and performance from their Ranger’s diesel engine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Fenix Intercooler \u0026amp; Pipe Kit Improves Your Ford Ranger\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis performance package replaces the standard plastic and alloy intercooler and piping, which can be a weak point under demanding conditions. The Fenix kit features a full aluminium intercooler and robust pipework, helping to deliver cooler, denser air to the engine. This results in improved combustion efficiency, reduced intake air temperatures (IATs), and greater resistance to heat soak—especially important for towing, off-road, and heavy-duty use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Upgrade Makes a Difference\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOwners who push their Ranger 3.0L Diesel—whether for off-road adventures, towing, or performance driving—will benefit most from this upgrade. The increased intercooler capacity and improved heat dissipation help maintain consistent power delivery, even during extended periods of high load. This kit is ideal for drivers who have experienced heat-related performance drop-off or want to future-proof their vehicle for modifications such as tuning or larger turbochargers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Performance Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDyno-tested to reduce intake air temperatures by over 20°C*\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e37.5% increased intercooler capacity for improved thermal management*\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBar \u0026amp; plate construction with temperature-efficient inner fin design\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e63mm inlet and outlet for optimal airflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlloy construction for durability and heat resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlack powder-coated intercooler and piping for a discreet, factory-style appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConstant tension hose clamps to ensure reliable sealing under boost\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect fitment using OEM fittings and sensors—no cutting or fabrication required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e*As tested by Fenix and CTB Performance. Actual results may vary depending on vehicle setup and conditions.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFenix\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntercooler \u0026amp; Pipe Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNext-Gen Ford Ranger 3.0L Diesel (2023+)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIntercooler Construction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull aluminium, bar \u0026amp; plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInlet\/Outlet Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntercooler, all intercooler pipes, black silicone joiners, hose clamps, fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Practical Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fenix kit is designed for straightforward installation, using all original equipment fittings and sensors. Only basic hand tools are required, and no permanent modifications to the vehicle are necessary. This makes it suitable for both DIY enthusiasts and professional workshops. The robust construction and quality fittings help ensure long-term reliability, even in harsh environments or under sustained boost pressures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Upgrade Your Ford Ranger’s Intercooler?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFactory intercoolers on the Next-Gen Ford Ranger 3.0L Diesel can struggle with heat soak and airflow restrictions, especially when towing, off-roading, or running performance upgrades. This can lead to higher intake air temperatures, reduced power, and increased engine stress. The Fenix Intercooler \u0026amp; Pipe Kit addresses these issues by providing a larger, more efficient cooling solution, helping to maintain consistent performance and protect your engine under demanding conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat vehicles does this kit fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is designed specifically for the Next-Gen Ford Ranger 3.0L Diesel models from 2023 onwards. It is not confirmed for earlier models or other engine variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs any modification required for installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo permanent modifications are needed. The kit uses all OEM mounting points and sensor locations, making installation straightforward with basic tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat improvements can I expect after installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect lower intake air temperatures, improved throttle response, and more consistent power delivery—especially under load, during towing, or in hot conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this kit affect my vehicle’s warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs with any aftermarket performance upgrade, warranty implications depend on your dealer and local regulations. It is advisable to check with your vehicle manufacturer or dealer before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this kit support further engine modifications?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the increased cooling capacity and robust construction make it suitable for supporting additional upgrades such as tuning, larger turbos, or exhaust modifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes the Fenix Pro Series Intercooler, all required piping, black silicone joiners, hose clamps, and fittings—everything needed for installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fenix","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52215112139094,"sku":null,"price":1100.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/RangerV6DieselIntercooler-5.png?v=1767648182"},{"product_id":"arb-hardlid-rigid-premium-tonneau-cover-next-gen-ford-ranger-2023","title":"ARB Premium HardLid Tonneau Cover - Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep your gear covered and your Ranger looking the part\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour Ranger can carry plenty, but an open tub leaves everyday equipment on show and exposed to the weather. The ARB Premium HardLid gives it a rigid, lockable aluminium cover, with a useful load-carrying surface above. The rails, locking system and interior light make this the more fully equipped HardLid package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8TXSLBLPFORA8D\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEasy access, even when you arrive late\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe four-bar hinge moves the lid up and back as it opens, giving clearance away from the cab. Gas struts support it while you load, and the interior light helps you find your equipment when you finish work late or arrive at camp after dark. The central-locking system is part of this Premium package, so locking up is part of everyday use rather than a feature to add later.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMake use of the space above the lid\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Premium accessory rails have T-slot attachment along the top and dovetail mounting along the sides for compatible carrying accessories. Bags and tools can stay covered in the tub while suitable equipment travels above them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lid is rated for 150 kg dynamically while driving and 380 kg statically while parked, subject to the vehicle, tub, reinforcement and mounting limits. Count bars, brackets and other fitted equipment in the load and use the lowest applicable limit. The lid rating does not increase your vehicle's payload.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA solid cover for everyday equipment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3 mm aluminium treadplate lid and black powder-coated frame give your equipment a rigid cover, with a practical textured finish on top. A correctly fitted lid keeps everyday gear covered and out of direct view while leaving the tub useful for work and trips. Weather protection depends on the complete tub and tailgate sealing; the load bed is not a waterproof storage box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes with the Premium cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Premium package includes the HardLid, accessory rails, central-locking system and interior light. Racks, crossbars, tents and other carrying equipment are separate. If you are adding a compatible BASE Rack platform, our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-hardlid-rigid-tonneau-cover-base-rack-mount-kit\"\u003eHardLid BASE Rack mounting kit\u003c\/a\u003e provides the matching mounting arrangement and is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting your Ranger\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation needs to account for your tub liner and any existing accessories. The Ranger requires the correct J-Brace reinforcement before the cover is fitted. Our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/j-brace-kit-ford-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-amarok-mk3-2023-onwards\"\u003estandard Ranger J-Brace kit\u003c\/a\u003e is for the standard Ranger application, not the Raptor. Wildtrak installations also require the appropriate replacement tub-top trims. Have the lid aligned, sealed and its electrical equipment connected correctly, then check the opening clearance with any load-carrying accessories installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVersion\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium HardLid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLid material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm aluminium treadplate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFrame finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDynamic lid rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg, subject to the complete installation limits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStatic lid rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 kg, subject to the complete installation limits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePremium equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAccessory rails, central-locking system and interior light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOpening mechanism\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour-bar hinge with gas-strut assistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAccessory rails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot along the top; dovetail along the sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLoad-rating conditions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle, tub, reinforcement and mounting limits apply; include carrying hardware in the load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRequired fitting parts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCorrect J-Brace reinforcement; replacement tub-top trims for Wildtrak\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8TXSLBLPFORA8D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I mount a rack on it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with the correct HardLid mounts and a compatible rack. Count the rack and mounts as part of the load and stay within the lowest applicable vehicle, tub and cover limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much can I carry on it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lid rating is 150 kg while driving and 380 kg while parked. Include the mounting and carrying equipment in that weight and stay within any lower vehicle, tub or installation limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it turn the tub into a waterproof box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The lid covers the load area, but water and dust protection also depend on the tub, tailgate seals and installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the price include a roof rack or tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The cover package is supplied; racks, tents and other load-carrying accessories are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52256304890198,"sku":"8TXSLBLPFORA8D","price":2415.29,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Hardlid1.png?v=1767785901"},{"product_id":"ford-ranger-platinum-3-0l-v6-diesel-ecu-remap-2022-refined-performance-torque-upgrade-uk-diesel-tuning","title":"Ford Ranger Platinum 3.0L V6 Diesel ECU Remap (2022+) - Diesel Tuning Upgrade","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFord Ranger Platinum 3.0L V6 Diesel ECU Remap: Enhanced Tuning for Refined Performance\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe ECU remap for the Ford Ranger Platinum 3.0L V6 Diesel (2022+) delivers a bespoke tuning solution designed for drivers seeking increased performance, torque, and drivability without sacrificing the vehicle’s premium comfort and reliability. This custom calibration is engineered specifically for the Ranger Platinum, ensuring a seamless blend of power and refinement for daily use, towing, and long-distance journeys.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow the ECU Remap Improves Your Ford Ranger Platinum\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis ECU remap is not a generic stage 1 map. Each Ranger Platinum is individually data-logged, analysed, and calibrated to optimise engine output for UK diesel fuel and typical driving conditions. The remap recalibrates torque limiters, load targets, boost control, and fuel strategies within safe OEM tolerances, resulting in a substantial increase in both horsepower and torque while maintaining factory engine protection and emissions systems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhere This Tuning Upgrade Excels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe remap is ideal for owners who demand more from their Ranger Platinum, whether for towing, off-road adventures, or simply enjoying effortless acceleration in everyday driving. The calibration enhances low-RPM torque, reduces gear hunting under load, and provides smoother, more predictable throttle response. It is particularly suited for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eDrivers who regularly tow trailers, caravans, or heavy loads\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eOwners seeking improved overtaking and motorway performance\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eThose wanting a more responsive and refined driving experience\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eUsers planning further performance upgrades such as intercoolers or exhaust systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Ford Ranger Platinum ECU Remap\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eSignificant torque increase for stronger low-end pull\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSmoother, linear power delivery for daily comfort\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eImproved towing stability and reduced gear hunting\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eEffortless motorway acceleration and overtaking\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCustom calibration for each individual vehicle\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eRetains factory DPF and AdBlue operation\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFully reversible with original ECU file stored\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoonies Adrenaline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eECU Remap \/ Diesel Tuning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Platinum 3.0L V6 Diesel (2022+)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStock Output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 BHP \/ 620 Nm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical Tuned Output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEstimated 310–330+ BHP, 720–760+ Nm (vehicle dependent)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEmissions Systems\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDPF and AdBlue retained\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCalibration Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCustom, vehicle-specific\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemote OBD device or in-house dyno tuning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ECU remap can be installed via a supplied professional OBD tuning device, allowing you to read your factory ECU file and flash the custom calibration at home. Alternatively, an in-house dyno tuning experience is available at the UK workshop, including baseline and post-tune power validation. No ECU removal or hardware swaps are required, and the process is fully reversible. To maximise performance and reliability, use high-quality UK diesel, maintain clean air filters, and ensure emissions systems are functioning correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eReal-World Problem Solved by This Remap\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany Ford Ranger Platinum owners find the factory calibration limits low-end torque and responsiveness, especially when towing or carrying heavy loads. This ECU remap addresses those issues by delivering a broader, smoother torque curve and improved throttle response, making the vehicle more capable and enjoyable in demanding scenarios while retaining OEM reliability and comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat power and torque gains can I expect from this remap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost stock vehicles achieve estimated outputs of 310–330+ BHP and 720–760+ Nm torque after custom calibration, depending on vehicle condition and fuel quality.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eIs this a generic remap or a custom calibration?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a fully custom, vehicle-specific calibration. Each Ranger Platinum is individually logged and tuned for optimal results.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eWill this remap affect my DPF or AdBlue systems?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, all factory emissions systems including DPF and AdBlue remain fully operational and protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eIs the remap suitable for towing and heavy-duty use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the calibration is designed to improve towing performance, torque reserve, and drivability under load while maintaining reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eCan I return my vehicle to its original factory settings?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, your original ECU file is securely stored and can be reinstalled at any time using the supplied device.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eDoes this remap include transmission tuning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the calibration includes refined shifting strategies for the automatic transmission, ensuring smooth power delivery and drivability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lukos Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Remote","offer_id":52317804396886,"sku":null,"price":1300.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dyno (St Neots)","offer_id":52317804429654,"sku":null,"price":1500.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Ford_Ranger_Platinum_2023.png?v=1779008760"},{"product_id":"manta-performance-exhaust-next-gen-ford-ranger-3-0l-diesel-2022-2025","title":"Manta Performance Exhaust – Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L Turbo 2022+ (with DPF) – Stainless Steel DPF-Back System","description":"\u003ch2\u003eManta Performance Exhaust for Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L Turbo (2022 Onwards)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat This Manta Exhaust System Does\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta Performance Exhaust is designed specifically for the Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L Turbo models from 2022 onwards, equipped with a diesel particulate filter (DPF). This DPF-back system replaces the factory exhaust from the DPF rearwards, enhancing exhaust flow and delivering a more distinctive exhaust note. The result is improved sound, refined appearance, and a subtle performance edge for your Ranger, all while maintaining DPF compliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Exhaust Upgrade Is Useful\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Manta system is ideal for owners who want to enhance their Ranger’s character without compromising reliability or emissions compliance. Whether you use your Ranger for daily driving, towing, touring, or off-road adventures, this exhaust is built to withstand harsh environments and demanding conditions. The stainless steel construction ensures long-term durability, making it a strong choice for those who expect their vehicle to perform in both urban and remote settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Manta DPF-Back Exhaust\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEngineered for Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L Turbo (2022+ with DPF)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDPF-back configuration retains factory emissions equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMandrel-bent stainless steel tubing for optimal flow and corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDistinctive, deeper exhaust note compared to stock system\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned to withstand tough off-road and towing conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnhances vehicle appearance with a premium finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBacked by a 10-year manufacturer warranty for confidence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManta manufactures this exhaust in Australia using high-grade stainless steel, ensuring resistance to corrosion and damage from mud, water crossings, and road debris. Mandrel-bent tubing maintains consistent internal diameter throughout each bend, supporting smooth exhaust gas flow and minimising restrictions. All components are crafted for a precise fit to the Ford Ranger Next Gen platform, supporting straightforward installation and reliable performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis DPF-back system is designed for direct fitment to the Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L Turbo (2022 onwards) with the factory DPF in place. No cutting or welding is required for standard installation. While the system is engineered for durability and ease of fitment, professional installation is recommended for optimal results. Always check local regulations regarding exhaust modifications to ensure road legality in your region.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManta\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDPF-Back Performance Exhaust System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L Turbo (2022 Onwards, with DPF)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDPF-Back\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 Years (Manufacturer)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReal-World Problem Solved\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFactory exhaust systems on modern diesel vehicles are often restrictive and produce a muted sound, especially with DPFs in place. This can limit driving enjoyment and reduce the sense of engagement, particularly for enthusiasts and those who use their Ranger for towing or off-road work. The Manta DPF-back exhaust addresses this by improving exhaust flow and delivering a more purposeful note, all while retaining emissions compliance and robust build quality for challenging environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions – Manta DPF-Back Exhaust for Ford Ranger Next Gen\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this exhaust system fit all Ford Ranger Next Gen V6 3.0L Turbo models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis system is designed for the Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L Turbo from 2022 onwards, specifically for vehicles equipped with a DPF. Always confirm compatibility with your exact model before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this exhaust affect my vehicle’s warranty or emissions compliance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a DPF-back system, this exhaust retains the factory DPF and is designed to maintain emissions compliance. However, warranty and legal implications may vary by region, so check local regulations and consult your dealer if unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the main benefits over the standard exhaust?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta system offers improved exhaust flow, a deeper and more engaging sound, and greater resistance to corrosion and damage compared to the factory system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs professional installation required?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile the system is designed for direct fitment, professional installation is recommended to ensure correct alignment and sealing, especially if you are not experienced with exhaust work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this exhaust with other performance upgrades?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Manta DPF-back exhaust is compatible with other bolt-on upgrades such as snorkels, intercoolers, and tuning solutions, provided they are designed for the same vehicle platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the exhaust sound compared to stock?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis system delivers a noticeably deeper and more refined note than the factory exhaust, without excessive drone or harshness, making it suitable for daily use and long-distance touring.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Manta","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52317841785174,"sku":"SSMKFD0296","price":1999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/DPF_4inch_SS.png?v=1768318324"},{"product_id":"manta-performance-ford-ranger-next-gen-t6-2-v6-3-0l-2022-twin-side-tipped-exit-exhaust-with-dpf","title":"Manta Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L 2022+ Twin Side Tipped Exit Exhaust (with DPF) – DPF-Back Performance Exhaust System","description":"\u003ch2\u003eManta Performance Twin Side Tipped Exit Exhaust for Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L (2022+)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the Manta DPF-Back Twin Side Exit Exhaust Delivers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta Performance DPF-back exhaust system is engineered specifically for the Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L (2022+). This system replaces the factory exhaust from the diesel particulate filter (DPF) rearwards, offering a distinctive twin black side-exit appearance and a more engaging exhaust note. Designed for owners who want to enhance their Ranger’s sound, style, and driving experience without interfering with emissions equipment, this upgrade is ideal for both daily use and demanding off-road conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose This Twin Side Exit Exhaust for Your Ford Ranger?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFactory exhausts on modern diesel utes are often restrictive, prioritising compliance and quiet operation over driver engagement. The Manta DPF-back system addresses these limitations by allowing freer exhaust flow after the DPF, resulting in a deeper, more pronounced note and a unique side-exit look. The twin side-exit design also helps maximise ground clearance, making it a practical choice for off-roaders and those who regularly encounter rough terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis system is best suited for Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L owners seeking:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eA more assertive, refined exhaust sound that stands out from stock\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVisual distinction with twin black side-exit tips\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eImproved ground clearance for off-road and touring builds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eA robust, corrosion-resistant solution for harsh environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEmissions compliance by retaining the factory DPF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Manta DPF-Back Twin Side Exit System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect fit for Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L (2022+)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDPF-back configuration: retains emissions equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwin black powder-coated tips for a premium finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMandrel-bent aluminised steel construction for durability and flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDistinctive side-exit design supports ground clearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEngineered for both on-road and off-road reliability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBacked by a 2-year manufacturer warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Technical Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta DPF-back system is manufactured from aluminised steel, chosen for its balance of strength, corrosion resistance, and cost-effectiveness. Mandrel-bent tubing ensures smooth exhaust flow, minimising restrictions after the DPF. The twin black tips are powder-coated for a durable, stealth appearance that complements the Ranger’s styling. While exact pipe diameter and tip dimensions are not specified, this system is engineered to suit the demands of the V6 3.0L platform and is tailored for the Next Gen Ranger’s underbody layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Practical Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis exhaust is designed for straightforward bolt-on installation to Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L models equipped with a factory DPF. No modifications to emissions equipment are required. Professional installation is recommended to ensure correct alignment, optimal sealing, and long-term durability. Routine checks for secure mounting and periodic cleaning of the tips will help maintain appearance and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManta\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDPF-Back Performance Exhaust System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L (2022+)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExit Style\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwin Side Tipped Exit (Black)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminised Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDPF Back\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 Years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSolving Real-World Exhaust System Challenges\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany Ranger owners find the stock exhaust lacks character and can be a limiting factor for those who tow, tour, or drive off-road. The Manta DPF-back system helps address these issues by providing a more engaging sound, improved ground clearance, and a durable solution for harsh conditions. By retaining the DPF, it supports emissions compliance while allowing enthusiasts to personalise their vehicle’s performance and appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this exhaust fit my Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L with a DPF?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, this system is engineered specifically for the Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L (2022+) with a factory DPF. It is not suitable for earlier models or those without a DPF.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes installing this exhaust affect emissions compliance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, as a DPF-back system, it retains the original diesel particulate filter. Always check local regulations before installation, as requirements may vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the twin side exit design unique?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe twin side exit provides a distinctive visual upgrade and a deeper, more pronounced exhaust note. It also helps maximise ground clearance, which is valuable for off-road use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the system suitable for heavy-duty or off-road use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the aluminised steel construction and robust design are intended to withstand the rigours of off-road driving, touring, and towing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install this exhaust myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe system is designed for straightforward fitment, but professional installation is recommended to ensure correct alignment and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat maintenance does the exhaust require?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoutine inspection for secure mounting and occasional cleaning of the tips is advised. The aluminised steel is resistant to corrosion, but regular care will help maintain appearance and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Manta","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52328120418646,"sku":"HA-V52328120418646","price":2300.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/SSMKFD0275T.jpg?v=1772023073"},{"product_id":"manta-performance-ford-ranger-px2-px3-3-2l-diesel-crd-2016-2022-exhaust-system","title":"Manta Performance Ford Ranger PX2\/PX3 3.2L Diesel CRD Exhaust System - Performance Upgrade","description":"\u003ch2\u003eManta Performance Exhaust System for Ford Ranger PX2\/PX3 3.2L Diesel CRD\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta Performance Exhaust System is engineered specifically for the Ford Ranger PX2 and PX3 3.2L Diesel CRD models (2016–2022), delivering a significant upgrade in exhaust flow, turbo response, and overall driving character. Built for enthusiasts and demanding users, this system replaces the restrictive factory exhaust, unlocking the true potential of the Ranger's five-cylinder diesel engine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Manta Exhaust System Improves Your Ranger\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis performance exhaust system is designed to optimise exhaust gas flow, reduce backpressure, and enhance turbocharger efficiency. By maintaining a consistent 3-inch mandrel-bent path and utilising a straight-through muffler design, the Manta system allows your engine to breathe more freely. The result is improved throttle response, quicker turbo spool, and lower exhaust gas temperatures, especially under load or during spirited driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication Scenarios: Who Should Choose This Exhaust Upgrade?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta Performance Exhaust System is ideal for Ranger owners who:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTow heavy loads and require improved engine efficiency and cooler running temperatures\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRegularly drive off-road and need a robust, vibration-resistant exhaust\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeek a deeper, more purposeful exhaust note without excessive cabin drone\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlan further performance upgrades such as ECU tuning and want a supporting exhaust system\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eValue a direct-fit solution that retains factory mounting points for straightforward installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis upgrade is especially suited for dual cab models equipped with the factory DPF system, but also supports more aggressive configurations for off-road or motorsport builds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Manta Performance Exhaust\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e3-inch mandrel-bent tubing for maximised airflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStraight-through muffler for reduced restriction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eImproved turbo response and mid-range torque\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLower exhaust gas temperatures under load\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect bolt-on fitment using existing mounting points\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated flex bellows to absorb drivetrain movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChoice of stainless or aluminised steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOptional twin-tip side exit for a unique appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDPF-Back System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Retains the factory DPF, offering improved flow and a refined performance note.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurbo-Back with Catalytic Converter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full replacement from turbo outlet, maintaining catalytic function for enhanced flow and sound.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurbo-Back (Cat\/DPF Delete – Off-Road Use):\u003c\/strong\u003e Maximum flow and aggressive sound, intended for off-road or motorsport use only. Requires ECU recalibration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Durability\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta system features precision-formed mandrel bends, straight-through muffler technology, and integrated flex bellows for durability. Choose between stainless steel for maximum corrosion resistance or aluminised steel for value-focused builds. The design supports long-term reliability, even under heavy towing or off-road conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Fitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis exhaust system is designed as a direct bolt-on upgrade for Ford Ranger PX2 (2016–2018) and PX3 (2018–2022) 3.2L Diesel CRD dual cab models. All factory mounting points are retained, ensuring straightforward installation for experienced DIYers or professional workshops. Off-road and cat\/DPF delete configurations require ECU recalibration and are not intended for road use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManta\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerformance Exhaust System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger PX2\/PX3 3.2L Diesel CRD (2016–2022), Dual Cab, DPF-equipped\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePipe Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-inch mandrel-bent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDPF-back, Turbo-back with Cat, Turbo-back (Cat\/DPF Delete)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel or aluminised steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 10 years (stainless systems)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this exhaust fit my Ford Ranger PX2 or PX3 3.2L Diesel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, this system is engineered for dual cab PX2 (2016–2018) and PX3 (2018–2022) models with the 3.2L Diesel CRD engine and factory DPF.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the main benefits over the factory exhaust?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta system improves exhaust flow, turbo response, and reduces exhaust gas temperatures, supporting better performance and efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs installation straightforward?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the system is designed as a direct bolt-on using factory mounting points. Professional installation is recommended for turbo-back or off-road configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the turbo-back (cat\/DPF delete) system on the road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the cat\/DPF delete configuration is intended for off-road or motorsport use only and requires ECU recalibration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat material options are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can choose between stainless steel for maximum durability or aluminised steel for a cost-effective solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this exhaust make my Ranger much louder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDPF-back systems provide a refined, deeper note. Turbo-back and delete systems offer a more aggressive sound, especially suited to performance builds.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Manta","offers":[{"title":"DPF Back \/ Stainless Steel \/ Black Tips \/ 3\" Twin Exit","offer_id":52417232830806,"sku":"SSMKFD0252T-B","price":1800.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back with Cats \/ Stainless Steel \/ Black Tips \/ Loud \/ 3\" Twin Exit","offer_id":52417232863574,"sku":"SSMKFD0273T-B","price":1999.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back without Cats \/ Stainless Steel \/ Black Tips \/ Loud \/ 3\" Twin Exit","offer_id":52417232896342,"sku":"SSMKFD0274T-B","price":1899.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Main_Image_c1a5c488-2035-4a3e-b9a0-fa20b7bad4c5.png?v=1769167815"},{"product_id":"lensun-solar-ford-ranger-2019-2022-110w-12v-hood-flexible-solar-panel","title":"LensunSolar Ford Ranger (2019-2022) 110W 12V Hood Flexible Solar Panel - Vehicle-Specific Solar Charging Upgrade","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLensunSolar Hood Flexible Solar Panel for Ford Ranger (2019–2022)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LensunSolar 110W 12V Hood Flexible Solar Panel is engineered specifically for the Ford Ranger (2019–2022), delivering a seamless solar charging solution for off-road, touring, and expedition builds. Designed to mount directly to your vehicle's bonnet, this panel keeps your main or auxiliary battery charged, supporting essential gear and electronics wherever your adventures take you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the LensunSolar Hood Solar Panel Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis purpose-built solar panel harnesses sunlight to generate up to 110W of power, feeding energy directly into your vehicle's battery or an external power station. The flexible, vehicle-specific design ensures a perfect fit on the Ranger's hood, maximising surface area for solar collection without interfering with roof racks or cargo space. The system is compatible with a wide range of batteries and portable power stations, making it ideal for powering fridges, lighting, dash cams, and mobile devices during extended trips or remote camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Solar Panel Upgrade Is Most Useful\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LensunSolar hood-mounted panel is especially valuable for overlanders, campers, and anyone operating their Ford Ranger away from mains power. It is suited for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExpedition builds needing reliable off-grid energy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRemote touring where battery drain is a risk\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCamping setups requiring fridge, lighting, or device charging\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOwners seeking to reduce battery maintenance and prevent flat starts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUsers wanting to avoid the space and setup hassle of portable solar panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis upgrade is ideal for those who demand dependable power for their accessories without sacrificing load space or adding roof weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the LensunSolar Hood Flexible Solar Panel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContinuous battery maintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keeps your starter or auxiliary battery topped up, reducing the risk of flat batteries after long periods parked or heavy accessory use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace-saving installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mounts directly to the hood, freeing up roof racks and cargo areas for other gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced glare:\u003c\/strong\u003e ETFE film surface minimises light reflection, improving driver comfort and safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable and weather-resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built to withstand harsh weather, off-road debris, and UV exposure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlug-and-play wiring:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for straightforward installation with optional waterproof MPPT controller for optimal charging and battery protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects vehicle paint:\u003c\/strong\u003e Optional vinyl decal available to shield the bonnet surface beneath the panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLensunSolar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHood Flexible Solar Panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger (2019–2022)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePeak Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSolar Cell Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade A PERC Monocrystalline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCell Efficiency\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Power Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Power Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.23A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpen Circuit Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.78V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShort Circuit Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.75A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePanel Thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3mm (0.12 inches)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3kg (6.6 lbs)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJunction Box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP68 rated, 1.5m cables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eETFE film\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOptional Accessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVinyl decal, 10A waterproof MPPT solar controller\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LensunSolar hood solar panel is designed for straightforward installation, with plug-and-play wiring and optional accessories to suit different setups. The panel is shaped to match the Ford Ranger's bonnet for a clean, low-profile fit. For optimal paint protection, a custom vinyl decal is recommended between the panel and the hood. The optional 10A waterproof MPPT controller provides advanced charging management and is compatible with various battery types, including AGM, Gel, Liquid, and Lithium-ion. No roof rack or drilling is required, making this a highly accessible upgrade for most DIY installers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAddressing Common Power Challenges for Off-Road and Touring\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExtended trips, remote work, and off-grid camping often lead to battery drain, unreliable starts, or the need to run the engine just to recharge. The LensunSolar hood flexible solar panel helps solve these issues by providing a steady trickle charge, supporting fridges, lighting, and other accessories without draining your main or secondary battery. This means less worry about flat batteries, more time enjoying your destination, and reduced reliance on portable panels or generators.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the LensunSolar hood solar panel mount to the Ford Ranger?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe panel is custom-shaped for the 2019–2022 Ranger bonnet and attaches using automotive-grade adhesives. An optional vinyl decal is available to protect paintwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can I power with this solar panel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 110W output is suitable for maintaining vehicle or auxiliary batteries and powering fridges, lighting, dash cams, and charging devices through compatible power stations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the installation reversible or will it damage my vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is designed to be non-invasive. Using the vinyl decal helps preserve the bonnet finish. Removal may require careful cleaning of adhesive residue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a solar controller with this panel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile not strictly required, using the optional 10A waterproof MPPT controller is recommended for optimal battery charging and protection against overcharging or reverse polarity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this panel suitable for off-road and harsh weather conditions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the ETFE-coated panel and robust construction are designed to withstand UV, rain, snow, hail, and off-road debris.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this panel fit other vehicles or Ranger models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis panel is specifically shaped for the Ford Ranger (2019–2022). For other vehicles or model years, check LensunSolar's range for compatible options.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LensunSolar","offers":[{"title":"solar panel only","offer_id":52553016148310,"sku":"LS-50FX2-RG+60FX2-RG","price":314.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"complete kit (solar panel+MPPT solar controller+vinyl decal)","offer_id":52553016181078,"sku":"LS-50FX2-RG+60FX2-RG+FullKit","price":424.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"solar panel + MPPT solar controller","offer_id":52553016213846,"sku":"LS-50FX2-RG+60FX2-RG+MPPT","price":376.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"solar panel + vinyl decal","offer_id":52553016246614,"sku":"LS-50FX2-RG+60FX2-RG+DC","price":368.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Ford_Ranger_2019-2022_Lensun_109W_12V_Hood_Flexible_Solar_Panel-1.jpg?v=1770647501"},{"product_id":"lensun-solar-ford-ranger-raptor-2022-present-75w-hood-bonnet-solar-panel","title":"LensunSolar Ford Ranger \u0026 Raptor (2022-Present) 75W Hood\/Bonnnet Solar Panel - Vehicle-Specific Flexible Solar Charging","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLensunSolar 75W Hood\/Bonnnet Solar Panel for Ford Ranger \u0026amp; Raptor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe LensunSolar 75W flexible solar panel is purpose-built for the Ford Ranger and Ford Raptor (2022–Present), offering a seamless, vehicle-specific solution for off-grid power. Designed to mount directly onto your bonnet, this panel delivers reliable solar charging for your vehicle’s main or auxiliary battery, supporting extended adventures without the need for engine idling or cumbersome portable panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the LensunSolar Hood Solar Panel Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis flexible solar panel harnesses sunlight throughout the day, converting it into usable 12V power for your vehicle’s battery or a compatible power station. The panel’s plug-and-play design makes it simple to install, with optional accessories for enhanced charging control and vehicle paint protection. Whether you’re powering fridges, dash cams, lighting, or charging devices, this system helps maintain battery health and keeps your essential gear running, even when parked for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Solar Panel Is Most Useful\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for overlanders, campers, and expedition drivers, the LensunSolar bonnet panel is engineered for those who demand reliable power off the grid. It’s particularly valuable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRemote touring where access to mains power is limited\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCamping trips requiring fridge and lighting operation overnight\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLong-term parking to prevent battery drain\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupporting auxiliary batteries or portable power stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReducing the risk of flat batteries after extended vehicle storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits for Ford Ranger \u0026amp; Raptor Owners\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContinuous battery maintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keeps your starter or auxiliary battery topped up, reducing the risk of non-starts and extending battery life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace-saving and convenient:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mounts directly to the bonnet, freeing up roof racks and cargo space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced glare:\u003c\/strong\u003e ETFE film finish minimises bonnet reflection for improved driver comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRugged durability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered to withstand harsh weather, off-road debris, and UV exposure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible charging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible with a wide range of batteries and power stations (adaptors may be required).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional vinyl decal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Protects vehicle paint beneath the panel (recommended for long-term installations).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlug-and-play installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Optional waterproof MPPT controller with pre-wired fuses and connectors simplifies setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LensunSolar panel is built using Grade A PERC monocrystalline solar cells for high efficiency and durability. The ETFE film surface provides superior light transmittance, weather resistance, and UV protection. At just 3mm thick and weighing only 1.6kg, the panel is lightweight and ultra-low profile, making it suitable for daily use and rugged off-road conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward, with the panel shaped to fit the bonnet contours of the 2022–Present Ford Ranger and Raptor. Plug-and-play wiring minimises setup time. For optimal results and paint protection, use the optional custom-fitted vinyl decal beneath the panel. The optional 10A waterproof MPPT controller (sold separately) offers advanced charging management and is compatible with a range of battery chemistries. Adaptors may be required for some power stations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLensunSolar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlexible Hood\/Bonnnet Solar Panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger \u0026amp; Raptor (2022–Present)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePeak Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSolar Cell Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade A PERC Monocrystalline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCell Efficiency\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Power Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Power Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.4A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpen Circuit Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShort Circuit Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.75A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePanel Thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.6kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJunction Box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP68 rated, 1.5m cables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface Finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eETFE film\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Items\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75W hood solar panel, optional vinyl decal, optional 10A waterproof solar controller\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReal-World Problem Solved\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExtended off-grid travel or infrequent vehicle use often leads to battery drain, risking non-starts and reducing battery lifespan. The LensunSolar bonnet solar panel helps prevent these issues by providing a steady charge, ensuring your Ford Ranger or Raptor is always ready for the next adventure. This solution is particularly valuable for overlanders, campers, and anyone relying on auxiliary power for fridges, lighting, or communications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the LensunSolar hood solar panel charge my battery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe panel converts sunlight into 12V power, which is delivered to your vehicle’s starter or auxiliary battery via plug-and-play wiring. An optional MPPT controller can be used for advanced charging management and battery protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this panel compatible with other Ford models or years?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis specific panel is shaped for the Ford Ranger and Raptor (2022–Present). It is not recommended for other models or years unless confirmed by LensunSolar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this panel to charge a portable power station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the panel can charge most portable power stations with the appropriate adaptor (sold separately). Check your power station’s input requirements for compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the panel damage my vehicle’s paint?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor long-term installations, it is recommended to use the optional custom-fitted vinyl decal between the panel and bonnet to protect the paintwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs professional installation required?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe panel is designed for straightforward DIY installation with plug-and-play wiring. However, if you are unsure, professional installation is recommended for optimal results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat maintenance does the panel require?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ETFE surface is designed for durability and minimal maintenance. Simply keep the panel clean for best performance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LensunSolar","offers":[{"title":"solar panel only","offer_id":52553016803670,"sku":"LS-75FX2-RG","price":235.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"solar panel + vinyl decal","offer_id":52553016836438,"sku":"LS-75FX2-RG+DC","price":282.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"solar panel + MPPT solar controller","offer_id":52553016869206,"sku":"LS-75FX2-RG+MPPT","price":297.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"complete kit (solar panel+MPPT solar controller+vinyl decal)","offer_id":52553016901974,"sku":"LS-75FX2-RG+FullKit","price":341.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Ford_Ranger_2023-Present_Lensun_70W_Hood_Bonnet_Flexible_Solar_Panel.jpg?v=1770647504"},{"product_id":"powerbrake-x-line-big-brake-kit-stage-1-next-gen-ford-ranger-2023","title":"Powerbrake Stage 1 Front Brake Kit - Ford Ranger 2023+ with Rear Disc Brakes","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMore confident braking in your Ranger\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTouring equipment, a trailer and larger tyres can ask a lot more of your Ranger's brakes. Powerbrake X-Line Stage 1 upgrades the front calipers, discs, pads and hoses together, giving you a more positive pedal and better resistance to heat-related fade. It is an upgrade you can appreciate every time you slow down for a bend or control your speed on a loaded descent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e X6M-FSA05F-ford-C79D8CC2-R-PB01 (Red \/ PB01). See every available combination below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFeel the difference through the pedal\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRigid billet aluminium calipers resist flex, and the braided hoses resist expansion under pressure. Together, they help make the pedal feel more direct, so it is easier to judge how much braking you are asking for and release it smoothly. Stainless steel pistons slow heat transfer from the pads towards the seals and brake fluid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe calipers also use protected bleed screws, internal fluid crossovers and stainless hardware. Those are useful details when your brakes live with mud, grit and stone impacts, and when you want the upgrade to remain serviceable over years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCooling for repeated braking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X6M option uses 350 x 34 mm one-piece discs with 48 curved, directional cooling vanes per disc. The vanes draw air through the discs to help carry away heat as repeated stops add to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe high-carbon cast-iron discs use a slotted face that helps clear water, sand and mud while keeping braking smooth. Each disc is checked for run-out and thickness variation during manufacture, rather than relying on a sample from the batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your pads and caliper finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePB01 is the standard high-performance compound: a balanced choice for 4x4 and sport-truck use, with good fade resistance and smooth, quiet operation for a performance pad. The friction surfaces are factory-scorched to shorten bedding-in, although you still need to follow the supplied bedding procedure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose PB05 for a further step up in performance, fade resistance and wear life over PB01, on vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM. GVM is the maximum permitted total vehicle mass, rather than the weight you happen to be carrying today. The selected compound is supplied with your kit; you choose the one that suits how you use the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed uses a type-2 anodise for a brighter finish behind the wheels. Grey uses the more durable type-3 hard anodise for an understated appearance and tougher surface. The colour changes the finish, while both choices retain the same caliper design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eBrake Pads\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eCaliper and disc\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePad use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-FSA05F-ford-C79D8CC2-R-PB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard compound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-FSA05F-ford-C79D8CC2-G-PB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard compound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-FSA05F-ford-C79D8CC2-R-PB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3,500 kg GVM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-FSA05F-ford-C79D8CC2-G-PB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3,500 kg GVM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eChassis \/ generation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eModel years\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eApplication market\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eKit reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRanger T6.2 (models with rear discs)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eP703 \/ RA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEUR\/SA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M \/ FSA05F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose this version for the 2023+ Ranger with original rear disc brakes. Match the rear brake configuration before ordering, even though this kit upgrades the front axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes with the kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA pair of X-Line six-piston billet front calipers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront slotted discs in the selected kit specification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour selected pad compound, pre-loaded with anti-squeal shims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBillet caliper mounting brackets with stainless thread inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel braided front hoses with PTFE lining and protective outer covering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit mounting hardware, fitting instructions and bedding-in instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWheel clearance and installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHave the exact kit checked against your wheels before ordering, including any spare you may use on the front. Wheel diameter alone cannot confirm clearance: the spokes, barrel shape, offset and balance weights all matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting, thorough bleeding and correct bedding-in are part of getting the pedal feel you bought the kit for. Use glycol-based DOT 4 or higher brake fluid as required by the fitting instructions, and arrange the follow-up service bleed. Retained air can affect the feel of newly fitted calipers, even after the initial bleed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/powerbrake.co.za\/downloads\/A_General_X-Line_BBK_Installation_Instructions_v8.pdf\"\u003eRead the X-Line fitting, bedding-in and service guide\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLooking after your new brakes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaximum Temperature Recording markings on the discs and calipers leave a permanent record of the highest temperatures reached. That gives your workshop useful information when choosing future pad compounds and fluid or checking whether your use is creating more heat than expected. It is a record to inspect after driving, rather than a live temperature display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect pad thickness, disc condition and hose routing during normal servicing. Replacement pads need to match the Powerbrake caliper profile, so keep your kit reference and assembly guide with the vehicle. The upgrade improves the brake hardware; the permitted towing, payload and axle limits still come from your vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand \/ range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowerbrake X-Line Stage 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePosition \/ scope\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete front-axle conversion; front left and right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee the market-specific Vehicle Fitment table above\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalipers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-Line six-piston billet aluminium; stainless steel pistons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiscs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M: 350 x 34 mm one-piece, 48 curved directional vanes per disc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisc material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-carbon cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard high-performance compound, or PB05 ultra-high-performance compound for vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM; supplied pre-loaded as selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCaliper finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed type-2 anodise or Grey type-3 hard anodise\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoses\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel braided; PTFE lining, protective outer layer and stainless end fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBillet aluminium with stainless thread inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature recording\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTR maximum-temperature recording on discs and calipers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoad and normal off-road use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy a complete kit rather than just different pads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou are changing the calipers, disc capacity and hose construction together. That makes sense when you want a more positive pedal and improved heat management, especially as equipment, towing or heavier wheel-and-tyre combinations add to the braking demand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs Stage 1 a good choice for a road-driven vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Stage 1 is our recommendation for road and normal off-road use. You get the six-piston billet calipers, one-piece discs, pads and braided hoses in a matched front conversion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich pad compound should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePB01 is the balanced standard performance compound. PB05 adds performance, fade resistance and wear life over PB01 for vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM; choose it where those benefits suit your driving and the vehicle's permitted mass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the pads, hoses and brackets included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The front calipers, discs, your selected pads, braided hoses, mounting brackets and kit hardware are supplied together. Plan separately for professional fitting and the brake fluid required during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit behind my wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe exact kit must clear the spokes, barrel and balance weights on your actual wheels. Check the matching template or arrange an exact kit-clearance check before ordering, including the spare if it may be used on the front.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it cure a spongy or sinking pedal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X-Line hardware is designed to improve pedal feel and modulation. A newly deteriorating pedal, fluid leak or sinking pedal needs diagnosis and repair first; once the system is healthy, the kit is an upgrade to how the brakes perform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty comes with the kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Powerbrake manufacturer warranty covers defects in workmanship or materials for 12 months or 20,000 km, whichever comes first. Normal wear, incorrect fitting, misuse, motorsport and track-day use are excluded. Cover is also void if a disc exceeds 630 degrees C or a caliper exceeds 200 degrees C, recorded by the MTR markings. Check the linked fitting guide for the full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Powerbrake","offers":[{"title":"Red \/ PB01","offer_id":52614965526870,"sku":"X6M-FSA05F-ford-C79D8CC2-R-PB01","price":2970.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ PB01","offer_id":52614965559638,"sku":"X6M-FSA05F-ford-C79D8CC2-G-PB01","price":2970.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ PB05","offer_id":55654278725974,"sku":"X6M-FSA05F-ford-C79D8CC2-R-PB05","price":3228.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ PB05","offer_id":55654278758742,"sku":"X6M-FSA05F-ford-C79D8CC2-G-PB05","price":3228.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Grey2_cb3889af-07f1-4a5b-8bc2-62ff12cd8104.png?v=1771180160"},{"product_id":"powerbrake-x-line-big-brake-kit-stage-1-next-gen-ford-ranger-2-0l-diesel-2023","title":"Powerbrake Stage 1 Front Brake Kit - Ford Ranger 2.0 Diesel 2023+ with Rear Drum Brakes","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMore confident braking in your Ranger\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTouring equipment, a trailer and larger tyres can ask a lot more of your Ranger's brakes. Powerbrake X-Line Stage 1 upgrades the front calipers, discs, pads and hoses together, giving you a more positive pedal and better resistance to heat-related fade. It is an upgrade you can appreciate every time you slow down for a bend or control your speed on a loaded descent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e X6M-FSA05F-ford-C56EF259-R-PB01 (Red \/ PB01). See every available combination below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFeel the difference through the pedal\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRigid billet aluminium calipers resist flex, and the braided hoses resist expansion under pressure. Together, they help make the pedal feel more direct, so it is easier to judge how much braking you are asking for and release it smoothly. Stainless steel pistons slow heat transfer from the pads towards the seals and brake fluid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe calipers also use protected bleed screws, internal fluid crossovers and stainless hardware. Those are useful details when your brakes live with mud, grit and stone impacts, and when you want the upgrade to remain serviceable over years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCooling for repeated braking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X6M option uses 350 x 34 mm one-piece discs with 48 curved, directional cooling vanes per disc. The vanes draw air through the discs to help carry away heat as repeated stops add to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe high-carbon cast-iron discs use a slotted face that helps clear water, sand and mud while keeping braking smooth. Each disc is checked for run-out and thickness variation during manufacture, rather than relying on a sample from the batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your pads and caliper finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePB01 is the standard high-performance compound: a balanced choice for 4x4 and sport-truck use, with good fade resistance and smooth, quiet operation for a performance pad. The friction surfaces are factory-scorched to shorten bedding-in, although you still need to follow the supplied bedding procedure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose PB05 for a further step up in performance, fade resistance and wear life over PB01, on vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM. GVM is the maximum permitted total vehicle mass, rather than the weight you happen to be carrying today. The selected compound is supplied with your kit; you choose the one that suits how you use the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed uses a type-2 anodise for a brighter finish behind the wheels. Grey uses the more durable type-3 hard anodise for an understated appearance and tougher surface. The colour changes the finish, while both choices retain the same caliper design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eBrake Pads\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eCaliper and disc\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePad use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-FSA05F-ford-C56EF259-R-PB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard compound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-FSA05F-ford-C56EF259-G-PB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard compound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-FSA05F-ford-C56EF259-R-PB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3,500 kg GVM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-FSA05F-ford-C56EF259-G-PB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3,500 kg GVM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eChassis \/ generation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eModel years\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eApplication market\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eKit reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRanger T6.2 2.0 diesel (models w\/ rear drums)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eP703 \/ RA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEUR\/SA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M \/ FSA05F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose this version for the 2023+ Ranger 2.0 diesel with original rear drum brakes. The rear brake configuration is part of the front kit application, so match it before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes with the kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA pair of X-Line six-piston billet front calipers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront slotted discs in the selected kit specification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour selected pad compound, pre-loaded with anti-squeal shims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBillet caliper mounting brackets with stainless thread inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel braided front hoses with PTFE lining and protective outer covering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit mounting hardware, fitting instructions and bedding-in instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWheel clearance and installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHave the exact kit checked against your wheels before ordering, including any spare you may use on the front. Wheel diameter alone cannot confirm clearance: the spokes, barrel shape, offset and balance weights all matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting, thorough bleeding and correct bedding-in are part of getting the pedal feel you bought the kit for. Use glycol-based DOT 4 or higher brake fluid as required by the fitting instructions, and arrange the follow-up service bleed. Retained air can affect the feel of newly fitted calipers, even after the initial bleed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/powerbrake.co.za\/downloads\/A_General_X-Line_BBK_Installation_Instructions_v8.pdf\"\u003eRead the X-Line fitting, bedding-in and service guide\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLooking after your new brakes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaximum Temperature Recording markings on the discs and calipers leave a permanent record of the highest temperatures reached. That gives your workshop useful information when choosing future pad compounds and fluid or checking whether your use is creating more heat than expected. It is a record to inspect after driving, rather than a live temperature display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect pad thickness, disc condition and hose routing during normal servicing. Replacement pads need to match the Powerbrake caliper profile, so keep your kit reference and assembly guide with the vehicle. The upgrade improves the brake hardware; the permitted towing, payload and axle limits still come from your vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand \/ range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowerbrake X-Line Stage 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePosition \/ scope\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete front-axle conversion; front left and right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee the market-specific Vehicle Fitment table above\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalipers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-Line six-piston billet aluminium; stainless steel pistons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiscs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M: 350 x 34 mm one-piece, 48 curved directional vanes per disc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisc material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-carbon cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard high-performance compound, or PB05 ultra-high-performance compound for vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM; supplied pre-loaded as selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCaliper finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed type-2 anodise or Grey type-3 hard anodise\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoses\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel braided; PTFE lining, protective outer layer and stainless end fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBillet aluminium with stainless thread inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature recording\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTR maximum-temperature recording on discs and calipers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoad and normal off-road use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy a complete kit rather than just different pads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou are changing the calipers, disc capacity and hose construction together. That makes sense when you want a more positive pedal and improved heat management, especially as equipment, towing or heavier wheel-and-tyre combinations add to the braking demand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs Stage 1 a good choice for a road-driven vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Stage 1 is our recommendation for road and normal off-road use. You get the six-piston billet calipers, one-piece discs, pads and braided hoses in a matched front conversion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich pad compound should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePB01 is the balanced standard performance compound. PB05 adds performance, fade resistance and wear life over PB01 for vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM; choose it where those benefits suit your driving and the vehicle's permitted mass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the pads, hoses and brackets included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The front calipers, discs, your selected pads, braided hoses, mounting brackets and kit hardware are supplied together. Plan separately for professional fitting and the brake fluid required during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit behind my wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe exact kit must clear the spokes, barrel and balance weights on your actual wheels. Check the matching template or arrange an exact kit-clearance check before ordering, including the spare if it may be used on the front.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it cure a spongy or sinking pedal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X-Line hardware is designed to improve pedal feel and modulation. A newly deteriorating pedal, fluid leak or sinking pedal needs diagnosis and repair first; once the system is healthy, the kit is an upgrade to how the brakes perform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty comes with the kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Powerbrake manufacturer warranty covers defects in workmanship or materials for 12 months or 20,000 km, whichever comes first. Normal wear, incorrect fitting, misuse, motorsport and track-day use are excluded. Cover is also void if a disc exceeds 630 degrees C or a caliper exceeds 200 degrees C, recorded by the MTR markings. Check the linked fitting guide for the full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Powerbrake","offers":[{"title":"Red \/ PB01","offer_id":52614967820630,"sku":"X6M-FSA05F-ford-C56EF259-R-PB01","price":2970.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ PB01","offer_id":52614967853398,"sku":"X6M-FSA05F-ford-C56EF259-G-PB01","price":2970.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ PB05","offer_id":55654278267222,"sku":"X6M-FSA05F-ford-C56EF259-R-PB05","price":3228.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ PB05","offer_id":55654278299990,"sku":"X6M-FSA05F-ford-C56EF259-G-PB05","price":3228.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Grey2_cb3889af-07f1-4a5b-8bc2-62ff12cd8104.png?v=1771180160"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-medium-load-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"ARB OME BP-51 Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 40 mm Lift Kit, 0-300 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmoother driving on rough roads and tracks.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis BP-51 kit gives the 2023+ Ranger Mk8 Double Cab a 40 mm lift and adjustable internal-bypass shocks. The 0-300 kg constant-load spring specification suits a lightly equipped truck. It is a way to improve ride comfort and control without fitting springs intended for a much heavier permanent load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSKU \/ part number: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51LFORA8DK\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBetter control over bumps\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBP-51 allows the suspension to move more freely around its normal ride height, helping soften smaller bumps. As it approaches full compression or extension, the damping increases to slow the movement. Internal bypass passages control the oil flow, allowing the shocks to provide a comfortable response to smaller bumps while controlling larger suspension movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version is designed for 0-300 kg of constant additional rear load. Include equipment and cargo normally carried at the rear, such as a canopy, drawers, tools or camping gear. The weight of occasional luggage alone is not a reason to choose heavier springs. Springs that are too stiff for your usual load can make the ride less comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjusting compression and rebound\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression adjustment changes how strongly the shock resists being compressed by a bump. Rebound adjustment changes how it controls the suspension as it extends again. You can adjust the two separately with the shocks fitted. Start with the settings supplied for your vehicle, then make small changes to suit the ride you prefer. The adjusters are on the shocks themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront coils and 2 front BP-51 shocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 rear leaf springs and 2 rear BP-51 shocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreasable shackles, 2 spring-bush kits and 4 U-bolts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriveline spacer kit and bump-stop adapters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eKit reference: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51LFORA8DK\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIf your usual load is different\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the same Ranger generation and Double Cab application, compare the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-300kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e300-600 kg Mk8 kit\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-600kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e600 kg+ Mk8 kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose around your normal carried weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting and wheel alignment are recommended. Set the spring preload and damping for the vehicle configuration, then check clearances and the final ride height with the normal load aboard. The quoted lift is a kit specification; the final height depends on the vehicle and its equipment. This kit does not itself increase the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Old Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBP-51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSABP51LFORA8DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab, 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstant additional rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0-300 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal bypass, position-sensitive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard-anodised 6061 aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent external compression and rebound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does constant load mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe additional weight normally carried at the rear, including permanent accessories and regular load-bed cargo. This kit is rated for 0-300 kg; choose the spring specification around that everyday weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the strongest springs give me the best ride?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Springs intended for a much heavier constant load can be the wrong choice for a lightly equipped truck. The right spring rate and sensible damping settings matter more than choosing the highest number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust it without removing the shocks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compression and rebound can be adjusted independently with the shocks installed. You access the adjusters at the shocks; this is not electronic in-cab adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the lift increase my payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A suspension lift and load-matched springs do not, by themselves, change the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the Ranger Raptor suspension kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the specified Ranger Mk8 Double Cab kit. The Raptor has a different suspension layout.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648123040086,"sku":"XSABP51LFORA8DK","price":3626.56,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/BPR1.png?v=1763753693"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-600kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"ARB OME BP-51 Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 40 mm Lift Kit, 600 kg+","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBetter ride comfort with heavy equipment on board.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis BP-51 kit is for a 2023+ Ranger Mk8 Double Cab carrying 600 kg or more of constant additional rear load. It combines springs suited to that weight with adjustable shocks and a 40 mm lift. If your Ranger carries heavy equipment every day, the right spring rate and damping can make it more comfortable to drive and better controlled over rough ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSKU \/ part number: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51HFORA8DK\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBetter control over bumps\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBP-51 allows the suspension to move more freely around its normal ride height, helping soften smaller bumps. As it approaches full compression or extension, the damping increases to slow the movement. Internal bypass passages control the oil flow, allowing the shocks to provide a comfortable response to smaller bumps while controlling larger suspension movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version is designed for 600 kg+ of constant additional rear load. Include equipment and cargo normally carried at the rear, such as a canopy, drawers, tools or camping gear. The weight of occasional luggage alone is not a reason to choose heavier springs. Springs that are too stiff for your usual load can make the ride less comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjusting compression and rebound\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression adjustment changes how strongly the shock resists being compressed by a bump. Rebound adjustment changes how it controls the suspension as it extends again. You can adjust the two separately with the shocks fitted. Start with the settings supplied for your vehicle, then make small changes to suit the ride you prefer. The adjusters are on the shocks themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 front coil-over assemblies and 2 rear BP-51 shocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 rear leaf springs, 2 spring-bush kits and a greasable-shackle kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 U-bolts, 2 BP-51 fitting kits, a driveline spacer kit and bump-stop adapters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eKit reference: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51HFORA8DK\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIf your usual load is different\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the same Ranger generation and Double Cab application, compare the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-medium-load-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e0-300 kg Mk8 kit\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-300kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e300-600 kg Mk8 kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose around your normal carried weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting and wheel alignment are recommended. Set the spring preload and damping for the vehicle configuration, then check clearances and the final ride height with the normal load aboard. The quoted lift is a kit specification; the final height depends on the vehicle and its equipment. This kit does not itself increase the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Old Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBP-51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSABP51HFORA8DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab, 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstant additional rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 kg+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal bypass, position-sensitive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard-anodised 6061 aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent external compression and rebound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does constant load mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe additional weight normally carried at the rear, including permanent accessories and regular load-bed cargo. This kit is rated for 600 kg+; choose the spring specification around that everyday weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the strongest springs give me the best ride?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Springs intended for a much heavier constant load can be the wrong choice for a lightly equipped truck. The right spring rate and sensible damping settings matter more than choosing the highest number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust it without removing the shocks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compression and rebound can be adjusted independently with the shocks installed. You access the adjusters at the shocks; this is not electronic in-cab adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the lift increase my payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A suspension lift and load-matched springs do not, by themselves, change the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the Ranger Raptor suspension kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the specified Ranger Mk8 Double Cab kit. The Raptor has a different suspension layout.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648146239830,"sku":"XSABP51HFORA8DK","price":3936.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/BPR1.png?v=1763753693"},{"product_id":"arb-ascent-hardtop-canopy-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards-double-cab","title":"ARB Ascent Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+ Hardtop Canopy","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep your gear within reach, wherever the Ranger takes you\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Ascent makes the Ranger's load bed easier to live with every day. Open a side window at the push of a button, reach the kit you need and lock the canopy with the vehicle. A clean, colour-matched shell, tinted glass and an interior light turn the back of the pickup into a more usable place for tools, luggage and touring equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium Metallic - (PMYHT)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7MAFORA8D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGBP 3,751.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArctic White - (PMYFU)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7WAFORA8D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGBP 3,751.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue Lightening - (PN4E3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7LBFORA8D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGBP 3,751.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbonised Grey - (PN4JA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7ZCFORA8D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGBP 3,751.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCode Orange - (PN4JP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7OCFORA8D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGBP 3,751.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConquer Grey - (PN4GD)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7GCFORA8D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGBP 3,751.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCyber Orange - PN4JF)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7OZFORA8D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGBP 3,751.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLudic Red - (PN4HQ)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7RLFORA8D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGBP 3,751.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeteor Grey - (PMYHR)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7GMFORA8D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGBP 3,751.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSedona Orange - (PN4GR)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7OSFORA8D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGBP 3,751.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChill Grey (PMYH6)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7GLFORA8D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGBP 3,751.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eReach your gear from either side\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lift-up side windows put more of the load bed within reach. Electric push-button releases and slam-shut latches keep opening and closing simple, while the rear door has a manual key override. Integrated central locking uses the vehicle locking system, so securing the canopy becomes part of locking the truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUseful details for work and weekends\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTinted safety glass helps screen the contents, and the interior LED makes it easier to find things when daylight fades. A slim high-flow vent helps reduce dust entering around the rear of the canopy. The rear spoiler incorporates an LED brake light, and the 9 mm ABS shell follows the shape of the pickup for an integrated appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMatch the paint code\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the actual vehicle paint code as well as the colour name. Similar names can describe different finishes; the options shown here are the canopies we offer for this application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting to your pickup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the 2023+ Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab. A vehicle-specific J-brace is required and separate: use \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/j-brace-kit-ford-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-amarok-mk3-2023-onwards\"\u003eXAAC4140135 for the standard Ranger\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/j-brace-kit-ford-ranger-raptor-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003eXAAC4140138 for the Ranger Raptor\u003c\/a\u003e. The two braces are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFitting instructions are supplied. Plan the installation around any bed liner and existing load-bed accessories, and include the canopy and carried equipment in the payload calculation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIf you want to carry equipment on the roof\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA roof rack needs the appropriate canopy support system and a load limit matched to the whole installation. With the correct internal support system fitted, the canopy's approximate roof-load ratings are 100 kg while driving and 350-400 kg when stationary, depending on the vehicle and installation. Roof-carrying equipment is separate; use the lowest applicable limit for the finished setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAscent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab, 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShell\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 mm ABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide access\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric push-button lift-up windows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle-integrated central locking; rear key override\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTinted safety glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInterior LED and rear LED brake light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelected paint code\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCanopy warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJ-brace\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired, vehicle-specific and separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo the side windows open?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The lift-up windows have electric push-button releases, so you can reach the load bed from either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it lock with the truck?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Ascent integrates with the vehicle's central locking. The rear door also has a manual key override, so you can still open it if the battery is flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre roof bars or a roof tent included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the canopy. Roof-carrying equipment and the appropriate support arrangement are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the vent make the load bed dustproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The high-flow vent helps reduce dust ingress. Seals, the tailgate and the rest of the installation still affect how well the load area keeps dust out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I choose the colour?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the vehicle paint code alongside the colour name. Select the matching option from the table.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Aluminium Metallic - (PMYHT)","offer_id":52648220328278,"sku":"8HX2H7MAFORA8D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Arctic White - (PMYFU)","offer_id":52648220361046,"sku":"8HX2H7WAFORA8D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue Lightening - (PN4E3)","offer_id":52648220393814,"sku":"8HX2H7LBFORA8D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Carbonised Grey - (PN4JA)","offer_id":52648220459350,"sku":"8HX2H7ZCFORA8D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Code Orange - (PN4JP)","offer_id":52648220492118,"sku":"8HX2H7OCFORA8D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Conquer Grey - (PN4GD)","offer_id":52648220524886,"sku":"8HX2H7GCFORA8D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cyber Orange - PN4JF)","offer_id":52648220557654,"sku":"8HX2H7OZFORA8D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ludic Red - (PN4HQ)","offer_id":52648220590422,"sku":"8HX2H7RLFORA8D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Meteor Grey - (PMYHR)","offer_id":52648220623190,"sku":"8HX2H7GMFORA8D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sedona Orange - (PN4GR)","offer_id":52648220655958,"sku":"8HX2H7OSFORA8D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chill Grey (PMYH6)","offer_id":55633271128406,"sku":"8HX2H7GLFORA8D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Ascent1.png?v=1771536722"},{"product_id":"j-brace-kit-ford-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-amarok-mk3-2023-onwards","title":"ARB J-Brace Kit - Ranger \/ Amarok Double Cab 2023+ | 4140135","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your canopy the support it needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA canopy turns your pickup bed into a far more useful space for work and weekends away. The ARB 4140135 J-Brace Kit provides supplementary tub reinforcement for the matched Ranger Mk8 and Amarok Mk3 Double Cab canopy installation, helping you fit the supporting hardware as part of the job.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XAAC4140135\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eReinforcement beneath the canopy\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit supplies left and right J-braces with the matching packers, nut plates and installation fasteners. They support the intended canopy installation through the specified mounting positions in the tub.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the brace for your build date\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis application is for the Ford Ranger Mk8 and Volkswagen Amarok Mk3 Double Cab 2023+ vehicles covered by the pre-October 2024 tub-brace requirement. Later vehicles or tubs with the required reinforcement already installed need their existing hardware checked before an additional kit is chosen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFit it as part of the canopy installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fitting process involves access behind the wheel-arch trim, drilling and riveted or bolted connections at the specified positions. Fitting it alongside the canopy avoids treating the reinforcement as an afterthought. Follow the vehicle and canopy instructions together; the brace does not increase the vehicle payload or canopy load rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXAAC4140135\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4140135\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 \/ Volkswagen Amarok Mk3 Double Cab 2023+, applicable pre-October 2024 build\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePurpose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplementary tub reinforcement for the matched canopy installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMain contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft and right J-braces, packers, nut plates and listed installation hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncludes drilling and access behind wheel-arch trim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLoad ratings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle and canopy limits remain applicable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy fit this when adding a canopy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe canopy installation needs the specified support in the tub. This supplementary brace kit supplies the matching reinforcement components so they can be fitted with the canopy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the Raptor kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Ranger Raptor uses the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/j-brace-kit-ford-ranger-raptor-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e4140138 J-Brace Kit\u003c\/a\u003e. This 4140135 application is for the matched Ranger Mk8 and Amarok Mk3 installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes every 2023+ Ranger need another brace kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pre-October 2024 build requirement and any reinforcement already fitted determine whether this kit is needed. Check the existing tub hardware as part of the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it let me carry more weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the original vehicle payload and the load limit of the complete canopy or rack installation. The brace supplies required reinforcement rather than an additional payload allowance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648238973270,"sku":"XAAC4140135","price":166.73,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/J-BraceKitFordRangerMk8_VolkswagenAmarokMk3_2023Onwards.png?v=1771537285"},{"product_id":"safari-armax-4-0-air-ram-snorkel-kit-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"Safari ARMAX SS987HPD Snorkel - Ranger Mk8 Super\/Extra Cab 2023+","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGet your Ranger ready for dustier tracks and wetter days\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGive your Ranger a raised air intake for the dusty tracks and wet weather that come with travelling further. The Safari SS987HPD ARMAX snorkel routes air from a higher intake position into the factory air cleaner, with a 4-inch water-separating air ram and a durable Australian-made body.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XAASS987HPD\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA raised intake for dusty and wet conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoving the intake higher helps reduce exposure to the dust and splash around a lower intake. The air ram separates rainwater from the incoming air stream before it reaches the snorkel body. Your existing air filter still handles engine filtration, so normal filter inspection remains part of looking after the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAirflow matched to your engine\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ARMAX design gives extra airflow capacity for suitable performance modifications, while retaining the raised-intake function. Its 4-inch air ram and vehicle-specific ducting feed the stock air cleaner. More available airflow is useful in a correctly matched setup; it is not a promise of a particular power gain from the snorkel alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMade for repeated outdoor use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUV-stable, cross-linked polyethylene gives the snorkel body durability in sun and outdoor exposure. Stainless steel hardware and the supplied connection hose secure the system to the vehicle and air cleaner. The kit includes the model-specific mounting parts, templates and installation guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe right kit and a properly sealed installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis page covers the Ford Ranger Mk8 2023+ Super\/Extra Cab with 2.0-litre Bi-Turbo or 3.0-litre V6 turbo diesel. Installation involves cutting and drilling using the supplied templates, protecting cut edges and sealing the intake connections. Professional fitting helps achieve a tidy result and check the complete intake path. Some aftermarket side rails conflict with the ARMAX mounting position; check that combination before fitting. Increased induction sound at low rpm is possible with SS987HPD.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXAASS987HPD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafari 4x4 Engineering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSS987HPD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFamily\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARMAX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8, 2023 onwards, Super\/Extra Cab\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eEngine application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0-litre Bi-Turbo or 3.0-litre V6 turbo diesel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir ram\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-inch; water-separating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSnorkel body\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV-stable cross-linked polyethylene\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eHardware\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCorrosion-resistant stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConnection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle-specific hose to factory air cleaner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting side\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRight-hand side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSnorkel body, air ram, model-specific connection and mounting parts, templates and instructions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting, drilling, edge protection and sealed connections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSide-rail compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSome aftermarket side rails conflict with installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInduction sound\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncreased low-rpm sound possible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich engine does this snorkel fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis SS987HPD kit is for the Ford Ranger Mk8 2023+ Super\/Extra Cab with 2.0-litre Bi-Turbo or 3.0-litre V6 turbo diesel. Match the kit to that engine and the stated body application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it replace the air filter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe snorkel routes air to the factory air cleaner. Keep using the correct air filter and inspect it regularly, particularly after dusty trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the air ram remove rainwater?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The ram separates rainwater from incoming air before it enters the snorkel body. Correct hose connections and sealing remain important to the complete intake system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it add power?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eARMAX adds airflow capacity for a suitably matched performance setup. Actual power depends on the engine, calibration and other modifications; the snorkel alone does not establish a guaranteed gain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes templates and fitting guidance, but fitting requires cutting, drilling, protecting the cut edges and sealing the intake. Professional installation is a sensible choice if you are not equipped for that work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes a snorkel increase the safe wading depth?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the vehicle's stated wading limit and assess conditions before entering water. A raised, properly sealed intake helps protect the intake path, but other vehicle components still have their own limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose ARMAX or V-Spec?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the 2.0 Bi-Turbo or 3.0 V6 diesel Mk8 Ranger, ARMAX adds airflow capacity for a matched performance setup. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/safari-air-ram-3-5-snorkel-kit-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e3.5-inch V-Spec SS987HFD\u003c\/a\u003e is another option for its stated diesel applications.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648255521110,"sku":"XAASS987HPD","price":649.24,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Snorkel2.png?v=1771538007"},{"product_id":"safari-air-ram-3-5-snorkel-kit-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"Safari V-Spec SS987HFD Snorkel - Ford Ranger Mk8 2023+","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGet your Ranger ready for dustier tracks and wetter days\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGive your Ranger a raised air intake for the dusty tracks and wet weather that come with travelling further. The Safari SS987HFD V-Spec snorkel routes air from a higher intake position into the factory air cleaner, with a 3.5-inch water-separating air ram and a durable Australian-made body.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XAASS987HFD\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA raised intake for dusty and wet conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoving the intake higher helps reduce exposure to the dust and splash around a lower intake. The air ram separates rainwater from the incoming air stream before it reaches the snorkel body. Your existing air filter still handles engine filtration, so normal filter inspection remains part of looking after the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAirflow matched to your engine\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe V-Spec design is tested to match the original engine's air-intake requirements. Its traditional 3.5-inch air ram and model-specific ducting make it a practical choice when you want the raised intake for touring and off-road use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMade for repeated outdoor use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUV-stable, cross-linked polyethylene gives the snorkel body durability in sun and outdoor exposure. Stainless steel hardware and the supplied connection hose secure the system to the vehicle and air cleaner. The kit includes the model-specific mounting parts, templates and installation guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe right kit and a properly sealed installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis page covers the Ford Ranger Mk8 2023+ Double Cab or Super\/Extra Cab with 2.0-litre single-turbo or Bi-Turbo, or 3.0-litre V6 turbo diesel. Installation involves cutting and drilling using the supplied templates, protecting cut edges and sealing the intake connections. Professional fitting helps achieve a tidy result and check the complete intake path.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXAASS987HFD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafari 4x4 Engineering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSS987HFD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFamily\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eV-Spec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8, 2023 onwards, Double Cab or Super\/Extra Cab\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eEngine application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0-litre single-turbo or Bi-Turbo, or 3.0-litre V6 turbo diesel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir ram\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5-inch; water-separating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSnorkel body\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV-stable cross-linked polyethylene\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eHardware\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCorrosion-resistant stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConnection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle-specific hose to factory air cleaner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting side\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRight-hand side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSnorkel body, air ram, model-specific connection and mounting parts, templates and instructions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting, drilling, edge protection and sealed connections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich engine does this snorkel fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis SS987HFD kit is for the Ford Ranger Mk8 2023+ Double Cab or Super\/Extra Cab with 2.0-litre single-turbo or Bi-Turbo, or 3.0-litre V6 turbo diesel. Match the kit to that engine and the stated body application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it replace the air filter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe snorkel routes air to the factory air cleaner. Keep using the correct air filter and inspect it regularly, particularly after dusty trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the air ram remove rainwater?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The ram separates rainwater from incoming air before it enters the snorkel body. Correct hose connections and sealing remain important to the complete intake system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it add power?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eV-Spec raises the intake while supplying the air your engine needs in its original configuration. Its value is the higher intake position and water-separating air ram. Choose it for those functions; fitting a snorkel alone does not establish a power increase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes templates and fitting guidance, but fitting requires cutting, drilling, protecting the cut edges and sealing the intake. Professional installation is a sensible choice if you are not equipped for that work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes a snorkel increase the safe wading depth?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the vehicle's stated wading limit and assess conditions before entering water. A raised, properly sealed intake helps protect the intake path, but other vehicle components still have their own limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose ARMAX or V-Spec?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose V-Spec for a raised intake matched to your diesel engine's original airflow needs. If your Ranger Mk8 2023+ is a Super\/Extra Cab with the 2.0 Bi-Turbo or 3.0 V6 turbo diesel engine, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/safari-armax-4-0-air-ram-snorkel-kit-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e4-inch ARMAX SS987HPD\u003c\/a\u003e adds airflow capacity for a suitably matched performance setup. The linked ARMAX kit covers that Super\/Extra Cab application.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648268759382,"sku":"XAASS987HFD","price":470.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Snorkel2_e737b319-47ef-472f-a49e-5ec92ea4cfb3.png?v=1771538634"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-nitrocharger-suspension-kit-600kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"Old Man Emu Nitrocharger Suspension Kit - Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+ - 600 kg constant rear load","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your heavily loaded Ranger the suspension it needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen a canopy, drawers and equipment add a constant 600 kg at the rear, spring choice matters every time you drive. This Old Man Emu kit pairs load-matched springs with Nitrocharger dampers, supporting the weight of your setup while controlling suspension movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSANITP60040FORA8DK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow the springs and shocks work together\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe springs support your vehicle and the equipment you carry. The shocks control that movement, helping the vehicle settle after a bump instead of continuing to bounce. Nitrocharger damping is developed for the vehicle and its intended load, with matched springs and shocks working together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith the right springs for your regular load, the shocks can keep your vehicle more settled over rough roads. You get a more comfortable drive as well as the extra ground clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 600 kg constant rear load specification refers to additional weight that remains at the rear in normal use, such as permanently fitted storage and equipment. Choose it for that regular load. Occasional holiday luggage alone is not a reason to fit heavy constant-load springs: a spring selected for much more weight than you carry can make the unloaded ride firmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you are buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe package includes front coils, two front and two rear dampers, two rear leaf springs, a greasable shackle kit, two bush kits, four U-bolts, a driveline spacer kit and a bump-stop adapter kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and looking after your suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHave the kit installed and aligned with your normal equipment load taken into account. The 40 mm lift is approximate; actual ride height depends on the vehicle, accessories and load. Check brake-line, driveline and tyre clearances as part of the installation, then follow the fitting instructions for fastener checks and ongoing care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDamper range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu Nitrocharger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRear-load specification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 kg constant rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApproximate lift\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuspension parts kit; fitting and alignment separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITP60040FORA8DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this increase my legal payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a suspension kit, not a GVM or axle-rating upgrade. Your vehicle, axle and tyre limits still apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it still ride well when the vehicle is empty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe result depends on matching the spring specification to your usual load. Heavy constant-load springs can feel firm when the equipment they are designed to support is removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much lift does it give?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe approximate lift is 40 mm. Actual ride height depends on the starting suspension height, equipment and load, so have it set up and aligned with your normal equipment on board.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the price include fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe order is for the suspension parts. Fitting and wheel alignment are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648274297174,"sku":"XSANITP60040FORA8DK","price":2118.61,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/OldManEmuNitrochargerSuspensionKit600kgConstant40mmLiftFordRangerMk8_2023Onwards_1.png?v=1771538275"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-nitrocharger-suspension-kit-300kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"Old Man Emu Nitrocharger Suspension Kit - Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+ - 300 kg constant rear load","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA more comfortable drive with your everyday equipment on board\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA regular 300 kg rear load changes what you need from your Ranger suspension. This Old Man Emu Nitrocharger kit matches the springs and dampers to that use, making it a sensible upgrade for a working or touring pickup whose accessories stay fitted between trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSANITP30040FORA8DK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow the springs and shocks work together\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe springs support your vehicle and the equipment you carry. The shocks control that movement, helping the vehicle settle after a bump instead of continuing to bounce. Nitrocharger damping is developed for the vehicle and its intended load, with matched springs and shocks working together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith the right springs for your regular load, the shocks can keep your vehicle more settled over rough roads. You get a more comfortable drive as well as the extra ground clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 300 kg constant rear load specification refers to additional weight that remains at the rear in normal use, such as permanently fitted storage and equipment. Choose it for that regular load. Occasional holiday luggage alone is not a reason to fit heavy constant-load springs: a spring selected for much more weight than you carry can make the unloaded ride firmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you are buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe package includes front coils, two front and two rear dampers, two rear leaf springs, a greasable shackle kit, two bush kits, four U-bolts, a driveline spacer kit and a bump-stop adapter kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and looking after your suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHave the kit installed and aligned with your normal equipment load taken into account. The 40 mm lift is approximate; actual ride height depends on the vehicle, accessories and load. Check brake-line, driveline and tyre clearances as part of the installation, then follow the fitting instructions for fastener checks and ongoing care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDamper range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu Nitrocharger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRear-load specification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 kg constant rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApproximate lift\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuspension parts kit; fitting and alignment separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITP30040FORA8DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this increase my legal payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a suspension kit, not a GVM or axle-rating upgrade. Your vehicle, axle and tyre limits still apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it still ride well when the vehicle is empty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe result depends on matching the spring specification to your usual load. Heavy constant-load springs can feel firm when the equipment they are designed to support is removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much lift does it give?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe approximate lift is 40 mm. Actual ride height depends on the starting suspension height, equipment and load, so have it set up and aligned with your normal equipment on board.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the price include fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe order is for the suspension parts. Fitting and wheel alignment are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648280293718,"sku":"XSANITP30040FORA8DK","price":1925.52,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/OldManEmuNitrochargerSuspensionKit600kgConstant40mmLiftFordRangerMk8_2023Onwards_1.png?v=1771538275"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-nitrocharger-medium-load-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"Old Man Emu Nitrocharger Suspension Kit - Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+ - 0-300 kg rear load","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnjoy your Ranger on the road and the rough tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Old Man Emu Nitrocharger kit suits a Ranger carrying a 0-300 kg rear load. Its matched springs and dampers give you a planned suspension upgrade for lighter work or touring setups, without defaulting to the stiffest spring option just because you occasionally load the tub.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSANITLFORA8DK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow the springs and shocks work together\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe springs support your vehicle and the equipment you carry. The shocks control that movement, helping the vehicle settle after a bump instead of continuing to bounce. Nitrocharger damping is developed for the vehicle and its intended load, with matched springs and shocks working together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith the right springs for your regular load, the shocks can keep your vehicle more settled over rough roads. You get a more comfortable drive as well as the extra ground clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 0-300 kg rear-load specification is for a lighter equipment or cargo setup. Include the weight of permanent accessories as well as the load you usually carry. If your vehicle carries a heavier rear load all the time, use a kit chosen for that weight; buying the stiffest springs by default can cost you comfort when lightly loaded.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you are buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe package includes front coils, two front and two rear dampers, two rear leaf springs, a greasable shackle kit, two bush kits, four U-bolts, a driveline spacer kit and a bump-stop adapter kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and looking after your suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHave the kit installed and aligned with your normal equipment load taken into account. The 40 mm lift is approximate; actual ride height depends on the vehicle, accessories and load. Check brake-line, driveline and tyre clearances as part of the installation, then follow the fitting instructions for fastener checks and ongoing care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDamper range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu Nitrocharger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRear-load specification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0-300 kg rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApproximate lift\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuspension parts kit; fitting and alignment separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITLFORA8DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this increase my legal payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a suspension kit, not a GVM or axle-rating upgrade. Your vehicle, axle and tyre limits still apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it still ride well when the vehicle is empty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe result depends on matching the spring specification to your usual load. Heavy constant-load springs can feel firm when the equipment they are designed to support is removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much lift does it give?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe approximate lift is 40 mm. Actual ride height depends on the starting suspension height, equipment and load, so have it set up and aligned with your normal equipment on board.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the price include fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe order is for the suspension parts. Fitting and wheel alignment are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648361787734,"sku":"XSANITLFORA8DK","price":1689.64,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/OldManEmuNitrochargerSuspensionKit600kgConstant40mmLiftFordRangerMk8_2023Onwards_1.png?v=1771538275"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-uca0009-front-upper-control-arms-ford-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-mk3-2023-onwards","title":"OME UCA0009 Front Upper Control Arms, Pair - Ranger Mk8 \/ Amarok Mk3","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGet the alignment right and enjoy your lifted suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA suspension lift should feel right on the road as well as look right on your vehicle. These OME UCA0009 upper control arms give a lifted Ranger Mk8 or Amarok Mk3 more caster and camber adjustment, helping the installer bring the geometry back into a useful range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSSUCA0009\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHelp your lifted suspension work properly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lift changes the relationship between the front suspension and steering. The UCA0009 arms are designed around the geometry change associated with an approximately 2-inch lift, adding adjustment rather than asking the original arms to work outside their intended position. Set the final alignment for your exact suspension setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eStrong joints and bushes that need less maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eForged eyelets and a forged ball-joint housing support the arm construction. The heavy-duty ball joint is greaseable and has an OME protective cap. The GIIRO bushes pivot freely and do not need greasing; the ball joint still has its own maintenance requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA pair made for the vehicle\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe arms include provision for the original ABS wires, an Integrit powder-coated finish and fitting instructions. They are boxed as a pair with protective foam inserts, so you receive both front upper arms. UCA0009 is the application for vehicles with alloy steering knuckles; cast-iron knuckles use a different OME arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFinish the installation with a proper alignment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the arms for the Ranger Mk8 \/ Amarok Mk3 2023 onwards suspension application and check the steering-knuckle type. Professional installation and a wheel alignment help confirm ball-joint movement, ABS-wire routing and clearances through suspension travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSSUCA0009\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu \/ ARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUCA0009\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 \/ Volkswagen Amarok Mk3, 2023 onwards; suitable lifted suspension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSteering-knuckle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAlloy; check vehicle before selection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePair of front upper control arms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGeometry purpose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncreased caster and camber adjustment for approximately 2-inch lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBall joint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty, greaseable; OME protective cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBushes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGIIRO; free-pivoting, grease-free and maintenance-free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForged eyelets and ball-joint housing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eABS provision\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOriginal wire mounting points\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrit powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePair, protective foam packaging and fitting instructions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePost-fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel alignment and full-travel clearance check\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTest reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVSB14 compliance testing, Australia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a pair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. UCA0009 is boxed as a pair of front upper control arms with protective foam inserts and fitting instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat do they change?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey add caster and camber adjustment for the geometry changes caused by a suspension lift. The final alignment is set to suit the vehicle and the fitted suspension.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill they fit every 2023+ Ranger or Amarok?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch the suspension application and steering-knuckle type. UCA0009 is for alloy steering knuckles; vehicles with cast-iron knuckles need a different OME arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo the bushes need greasing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The GIIRO bushes are grease-free and maintenance-free. The heavy-duty ball joints are greaseable, so maintain those separately according to the instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo they come with ball joints?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The arms use heavy-duty greaseable ball joints with OME protective caps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need an alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A proper wheel alignment completes the geometry change. The installer should also check clearances and ABS-wire routing throughout the suspension movement.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648590213462,"sku":"XSSUCA0009","price":583.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Rangercontrolarms.png?v=1771538907"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-600kg-45-50mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk7-2019-2022-double-cab","title":"ARB OME BP-51 Ford Ranger Mk7 Double Cab 45-50 mm Lift Kit, 300-600 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore comfort on long trips in a loaded Ranger.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis BP-51 kit is for a 2019-2022 Ranger Mk7 Double Cab carrying 300-600 kg of constant additional load. It pairs springs suited to that weight with adjustable internal-bypass shocks and a 45-50 mm lift. The separate compression and rebound adjusters let you change the ride to suit the roads, tracks and loads you drive with.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSKU \/ part number: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51MFORA7DK\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBetter control over bumps\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBP-51 allows the suspension to move more freely around its normal ride height, helping soften smaller bumps. As it approaches full compression or extension, the damping increases to slow the movement. Internal bypass passages control the oil flow, allowing the shocks to provide a comfortable response to smaller bumps while controlling larger suspension movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version is designed for 300-600 kg of constant additional load. The weight of occasional luggage alone is not a reason to choose heavier springs. Springs that are too stiff for your usual load can make the ride less comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjusting compression and rebound\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression adjustment changes how strongly the shock resists being compressed by a bump. Rebound adjustment changes how it controls the suspension as it extends again. You can adjust the two separately with the shocks fitted. Start with the settings supplied for your vehicle, then make small changes to suit the ride you prefer. The adjusters are on the shocks themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBP-51 suspension kit for the Ford Ranger Mk7 Double Cab, 2019-2022.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpring specification for 300-600 kg constant additional load and a 45-50 mm lift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal-bypass shock absorbers with independent compression and rebound adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eKit reference: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51MFORA7DK\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIf your usual load is different\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the same Ranger generation and Double Cab application, compare the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-0-300kg-constant-rear-load-45-50mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk7-2019-2022-double-cab\"\u003e0-300 kg Mk7 kit\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-600kg-45-50mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk7-2019-2022-double-cab-1\"\u003e600 kg+ Mk7 kit\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting and wheel alignment are recommended. Set the spring preload and damping for the vehicle configuration, then check clearances and the final ride height with the normal load aboard. The quoted lift is a kit specification; the final height depends on the vehicle and its equipment. This kit does not itself increase the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Old Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBP-51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSABP51MFORA7DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk7 Double Cab, 2019-2022\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstant additional load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300-600 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal bypass, position-sensitive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard-anodised 6061 aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent external compression and rebound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the strongest springs give me the best ride?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Springs intended for a much heavier constant load can be the wrong choice for a lightly equipped truck. The right spring rate and sensible damping settings matter more than choosing the highest number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust it without removing the shocks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compression and rebound can be adjusted independently with the shocks installed. You access the adjusters at the shocks; this is not electronic in-cab adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the lift increase my payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A suspension lift and load-matched springs do not, by themselves, change the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the Ranger Raptor suspension kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the specified Ranger Mk7 Double Cab kit, not the Raptor suspension application.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648848359766,"sku":"XSABP51MFORA7DK","price":3709.22,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/1_bc5e5ce5-9d60-40da-983f-0efe622b5498.png?v=1771539341"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-600kg-45-50mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk7-2019-2022-double-cab-1","title":"ARB OME BP-51 Ford Ranger Mk7 Double Cab 45-50 mm Lift Kit, 600 kg+","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuspension suited to a Ranger carrying heavy loads.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the 600 kg+ constant-load BP-51 kit for the 2019-2022 Ranger Mk7 Double Cab. It combines springs for a heavily equipped vehicle with a 45-50 mm lift and adjustable shocks. You can adjust compression and rebound separately to improve ride comfort and control with the equipment you normally carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSKU \/ part number: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51HFORA7DK\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBetter control over bumps\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBP-51 allows the suspension to move more freely around its normal ride height, helping soften smaller bumps. As it approaches full compression or extension, the damping increases to slow the movement. Internal bypass passages control the oil flow, allowing the shocks to provide a comfortable response to smaller bumps while controlling larger suspension movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version is designed for 600 kg+ of constant additional load. The weight of occasional luggage alone is not a reason to choose heavier springs. Springs that are too stiff for your usual load can make the ride less comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjusting compression and rebound\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression adjustment changes how strongly the shock resists being compressed by a bump. Rebound adjustment changes how it controls the suspension as it extends again. You can adjust the two separately with the shocks fitted. Start with the settings supplied for your vehicle, then make small changes to suit the ride you prefer. The adjusters are on the shocks themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBP-51 suspension kit for the Ford Ranger Mk7 Double Cab, 2019-2022.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpring specification for 600 kg+ constant additional load and a 45-50 mm lift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal-bypass shock absorbers with independent compression and rebound adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eKit reference: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51HFORA7DK\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIf your usual load is different\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the same Ranger generation and Double Cab application, compare the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-0-300kg-constant-rear-load-45-50mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk7-2019-2022-double-cab\"\u003e0-300 kg Mk7 kit\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-600kg-45-50mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk7-2019-2022-double-cab\"\u003e300-600 kg Mk7 kit\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting and wheel alignment are recommended. Set the spring preload and damping for the vehicle configuration, then check clearances and the final ride height with the normal load aboard. The quoted lift is a kit specification; the final height depends on the vehicle and its equipment. This kit does not itself increase the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Old Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBP-51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSABP51HFORA7DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk7 Double Cab, 2019-2022\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstant additional load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 kg+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal bypass, position-sensitive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard-anodised 6061 aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent external compression and rebound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the strongest springs give me the best ride?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Springs intended for a much heavier constant load can be the wrong choice for a lightly equipped truck. The right spring rate and sensible damping settings matter more than choosing the highest number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust it without removing the shocks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compression and rebound can be adjusted independently with the shocks installed. You access the adjusters at the shocks; this is not electronic in-cab adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the lift increase my payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A suspension lift and load-matched springs do not, by themselves, change the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the Ranger Raptor suspension kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the specified Ranger Mk7 Double Cab kit, not the Raptor suspension application.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648862482774,"sku":"XSABP51HFORA7DK","price":3709.22,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/1_bc5e5ce5-9d60-40da-983f-0efe622b5498.png?v=1771539341"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-0-300kg-constant-rear-load-45-50mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk7-2019-2022-double-cab","title":"ARB OME BP-51 Ford Ranger Mk7 Double Cab 45-50 mm Lift Kit, 0-300 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImprove your Ranger's ride on rough ground.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a lightly equipped 2019-2022 Ranger Mk7 Double Cab, this BP-51 kit combines a 45-50 mm lift with springs for 0-300 kg of constant additional rear load. The adjustable shocks let you fine-tune ride comfort and how the suspension reacts over bumps, with separate settings for compression and rebound.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSKU \/ part number: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51LFORA7DK\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBetter control over bumps\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBP-51 allows the suspension to move more freely around its normal ride height, helping soften smaller bumps. As it approaches full compression or extension, the damping increases to slow the movement. Internal bypass passages control the oil flow, allowing the shocks to provide a comfortable response to smaller bumps while controlling larger suspension movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version is designed for 0-300 kg of constant additional rear load. Include equipment and cargo normally carried at the rear, such as a canopy, drawers, tools or camping gear. The weight of occasional luggage alone is not a reason to choose heavier springs. Springs that are too stiff for your usual load can make the ride less comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjusting compression and rebound\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression adjustment changes how strongly the shock resists being compressed by a bump. Rebound adjustment changes how it controls the suspension as it extends again. You can adjust the two separately with the shocks fitted. Start with the settings supplied for your vehicle, then make small changes to suit the ride you prefer. The adjusters are on the shocks themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBP-51 suspension kit for the Ford Ranger Mk7 Double Cab, 2019-2022.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpring specification for 0-300 kg constant additional rear load and a 45-50 mm lift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal-bypass shock absorbers with independent compression and rebound adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eKit reference: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51LFORA7DK\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIf your usual load is different\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the same Ranger generation and Double Cab application, compare the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-600kg-45-50mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk7-2019-2022-double-cab\"\u003e300-600 kg Mk7 kit\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-600kg-45-50mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk7-2019-2022-double-cab-1\"\u003e600 kg+ Mk7 kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose around your normal carried weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting and wheel alignment are recommended. Set the spring preload and damping for the vehicle configuration, then check clearances and the final ride height with the normal load aboard. The quoted lift is a kit specification; the final height depends on the vehicle and its equipment. This kit does not itself increase the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Old Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBP-51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSABP51LFORA7DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk7 Double Cab, 2019-2022\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstant additional rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0-300 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal bypass, position-sensitive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard-anodised 6061 aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent external compression and rebound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does constant load mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe additional weight normally carried at the rear, including permanent accessories and regular load-bed cargo. This kit is rated for 0-300 kg; choose the spring specification around that everyday weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the strongest springs give me the best ride?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Springs intended for a much heavier constant load can be the wrong choice for a lightly equipped truck. The right spring rate and sensible damping settings matter more than choosing the highest number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust it without removing the shocks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compression and rebound can be adjusted independently with the shocks installed. You access the adjusters at the shocks; this is not electronic in-cab adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the lift increase my payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A suspension lift and load-matched springs do not, by themselves, change the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the Ranger Raptor suspension kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the specified Ranger Mk7 Double Cab kit, not the Raptor suspension application.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648864055638,"sku":"XSABP51LFORA7DK","price":3617.3,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/1_bc5e5ce5-9d60-40da-983f-0efe622b5498.png?v=1771539341"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-nitrocharger-0-300kg-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk7-2019-2022-double-cab","title":"ARB Old Man Emu Nitrocharger Sport Suspension Kit - Ford Ranger Mk7 Double Cab 2019-2022","description":"\u003ch2\u003eKeep your Ranger composed with the gear on board\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch your Ranger suspension to the equipment it regularly carries. This Old Man Emu Nitrocharger Sport kit is for the Mk7 Double Cab, 2019-2022, with 0-300 kg of additional rear load and an approximate 40 mm suspension lift.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSANITMNEK4008A2K\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe matched shock absorbers, front coils and rear leaf springs work together for load support and controlled suspension movement. The raised suspension gives you more clearance for rough tracks, while Nitrocharger Sport damping helps keep your Ranger settled on the road.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the rear-load specification around permanently fitted accessories and the weight regularly carried at the rear. This spring selection does not change the vehicle's permitted payload.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes two front and two rear Nitrocharger Sport shock absorbers, two front coil springs, two rear leaf springs, one driveline kit, one greasable shackle kit, one bush kit, and four U-bolts with washers and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional installation and wheel alignment are recommended. Check the installation and fasteners as part of ongoing suspension maintenance; the greasable components make routine servicing easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITMNEK4008A2K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuspension lift kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk7 Double Cab, 2019-2022\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear load selection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0-300 kg additional rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShock Absorber Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu Nitrocharger Sport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded shock absorbers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 front and 2 rear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded springs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 front coil springs and 2 rear leaf springs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther included parts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 driveline kit, 1 greasable shackle kit, 1 bush kit, 4 U-bolts with washers and nuts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the 0-300 kg figure mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the additional rear-load selection for this kit. Choose it around the regular rear load and fitted accessories, while staying within the vehicle's permitted payload.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat lift does it provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe suspension lift is approximately 40 mm. Final ride height depends on the vehicle and the weight it carries.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648869036374,"sku":"XSANITMNEK4008A2K","price":1507.56,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/OldManEmuNitrochargerSuspensionKit600kgConstant40mmLiftFordRangerMk8_2023Onwards_1_d4002b15-bdda-46a4-816d-66dada02c269.png?v=1771539792"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-nitrocharger-suspension-kit-front-bar-and-winch-medium-rear-load-ford-ranger-mk7-2019-2022-45mm-lift","title":"Old Man Emu Nitrocharger Suspension Kit - Ranger Double Cab 2019-2022 - Front Bar, Winch \u0026 Medium Rear Load","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupport your Ranger's bar and winch with suspension designed for the extra weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Old Man Emu Nitrocharger kit is configured for a 2019-2022 Ranger Double Cab with a front bar and winch, plus a medium rear load. The spring and damper combination supports that front-end weight and controls the suspension, rather than treating the added equipment as an afterthought.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSANITHFORA7MK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow the springs and shocks work together\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe springs support your vehicle and the equipment you carry. The shocks control that movement, helping the vehicle settle after a bump instead of continuing to bounce. Nitrocharger damping is developed for the vehicle and its intended load, with matched springs and shocks working together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith the right springs for your regular load, the shocks can keep your vehicle more settled over rough roads. You get a more comfortable drive as well as the extra ground clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version matches a front bar and winch with a medium rear-load spring package. Include permanently fitted storage and normal cargo when planning the rear setup. The front and rear requirements are separate: a heavy winch does not mean you need the heaviest rear springs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you are buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe package includes two front Nitrocharger Sport dampers and coils, two rear Nitrocharger Sport dampers and leaf springs, a driveline kit, greasable fixed-end pin and shackle kits, plus four U-bolts with washers and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and looking after your suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHave the kit installed and aligned with your normal equipment load taken into account. The 45 mm front \/ 40 mm rear lift is approximate; actual ride height depends on the vehicle, accessories and load. Check brake-line, driveline and tyre clearances as part of the installation, then follow the fitting instructions for fastener checks and ongoing care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk7 Double Cab 2019-2022, with front bar and winch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDamper range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu Nitrocharger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRear-load specification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium rear load; front bar and winch fitted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApproximate lift\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 mm front \/ 40 mm rear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuspension parts kit; fitting and alignment separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eKit contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo front Nitrocharger Sport dampers and coils; two rear dampers and leaf springs; driveline kit; greasable fixed-end pin and shackle kits; four U-bolts with washers and nuts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITHFORA7MK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this increase my legal payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a suspension kit, not a GVM or axle-rating upgrade. Your vehicle, axle and tyre limits still apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it still ride well when the vehicle is empty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe result depends on matching the spring specification to your usual load. Heavy constant-load springs can feel firm when the equipment they are designed to support is removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much lift does it give?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe approximate lift is 45 mm front \/ 40 mm rear. Actual ride height depends on the starting suspension height, equipment and load, so have it set up and aligned with your normal equipment on board.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the price include fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe order is for the suspension parts. Fitting and wheel alignment are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648899281238,"sku":"XSANITHFORA7MK","price":1426.28,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/OldManEmuNitrochargerSuspensionKit600kgConstant40mmLiftFordRangerMk8_2023Onwards_1_d4002b15-bdda-46a4-816d-66dada02c269.png?v=1771539792"},{"product_id":"tackform-assault-track-picatinny-dash-bracket-next-gen-ranger-raptor-2023","title":"Tackform Assault Track Picatinny Dash Bracket – Next-Gen Ranger\/Raptor 2023+ Storage Mount","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePrecision Dash Mounting for Next-Gen Ranger and Raptor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tackform Assault Track Picatinny Dash Bracket is engineered for drivers seeking a robust, adaptable mounting solution for their 2023+ Ford Ranger or Ranger Raptor. Built by Tackform, a leader in off-road and expedition mounting systems, this bracket is designed to provide secure, versatile device mounting while maintaining a factory-quality appearance in your vehicle's interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Assault Track Picatinny Dash Bracket Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis dash bracket replaces the OEM trim bezel on your Ranger or Raptor, providing a CNC-machined aluminium Picatinny rail across the dashboard. The Picatinny system allows for rapid, tool-free repositioning of mounts and accessories—ideal for securely holding phones, tablets, navigation units, radios, or action cameras. The all-metal construction ensures your devices remain stable, even during demanding off-road use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUse Cases: Who Needs This Mounting Solution?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOff-road enthusiasts who require quick access to navigation, comms, or recording equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExpedition drivers needing a secure, adaptable way to mount multiple devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOwners who want a rugged, OEM-quality solution that blends seamlessly with their vehicle's interior\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAnyone looking to avoid the frustration of grid-style mounts that are difficult to adjust or reposition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Assault Track Picatinny Dash Bracket is especially useful for those who regularly swap or move devices depending on trip requirements, or who want to future-proof their dash setup for new accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Tackform Assault Track System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect fit for 2023+ Ford Ranger and Ranger Raptor dashboards\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAll-metal 6061-T6 aluminium construction for strength and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHardcoat anodised finish for a premium, OEM-like appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePicatinny rail system allows fast, tool-free repositioning of mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSecure mounting using existing radio bolts plus additional rear screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOEM bezel conceals any drilled holes if you revert to factory trim\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports a wide range of Tackform and compatible accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Material Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bracket is CNC machined from high-grade 6061-T6 aluminium, offering a balance of lightweight design and structural integrity. The hardcoat anodised finish not only enhances corrosion resistance but also ensures the bracket blends seamlessly with your dashboard for a professional look. All mounting points are precision-engineered for a perfect fit, using laser scanning technology to match the complex contours of the vehicle’s dash.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Compatibility Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation involves removing the OEM trim bezel and securing the bracket using two existing radio bolts and two additional rear screws. The process is straightforward for anyone comfortable with basic interior trim work. Should you choose to return to the original setup, the factory bezel will fully cover any modifications, preserving resale value and interior aesthetics. The bracket is designed specifically for the 2023+ Ford Ranger and Ranger Raptor models—compatibility with other vehicles is not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTackform\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDash Mount Bracket \/ Storage Solution\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger 2023+, Ford Ranger Raptor 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6061-T6 Aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardcoat Anodised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting System\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePicatinny Rail (Assault Track)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplaces OEM bezel, uses existing radio bolts and additional screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Tackform Assault Track Picatinny Bracket?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTraditional dash mounts often struggle to balance strength, adjustability, and OEM fitment. The Tackform Assault Track system solves these problems by delivering a purpose-built, all-metal solution that is easy to install, highly adaptable, and designed specifically for the latest Ford Ranger and Raptor interiors. Whether you are equipping your vehicle for overlanding, daily commuting, or off-road adventures, this bracket ensures your devices are always within reach and securely mounted—even in the roughest conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat devices can I mount to the Assault Track Picatinny Bracket?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Picatinny rail system is compatible with a wide range of Tackform and third-party mounts for phones, tablets, radios, GPS units, and action cameras.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the installation reversible?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if you choose to revert to the factory setup, the OEM bezel will fully conceal any drilled holes, maintaining the original dashboard appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this bracket fit vehicles other than the 2023+ Ford Ranger or Ranger Raptor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bracket is engineered specifically for the 2023+ Ford Ranger and Ranger Raptor dashboards. Compatibility with other vehicles is not supported.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the bracket interfere with airbags or dashboard functions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the bracket is designed to integrate with the dashboard without obstructing airbags or standard controls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat tools are required for installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic hand tools are required for removing the OEM bezel and securing the new bracket. No specialist equipment is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use existing Tackform mounts with this bracket?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Assault Track Picatinny system is designed for full compatibility with Tackform’s range of mounting accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tackform","offers":[{"title":"20LITE Phone Holder \/ Metal Tablet Holder \/ CB Radio Holder","offer_id":52703188025686,"sku":null,"price":255.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20LITE Phone Holder \/ Metal Tablet Holder \/ CB Radio \/ Walkie Talkie Holder","offer_id":52703188058454,"sku":null,"price":260.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20LITE Phone Holder \/ Metal Tablet Holder \/ None","offer_id":52703188091222,"sku":null,"price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20LITE Phone Holder \/ None \/ CB Radio Holder","offer_id":52703188123990,"sku":null,"price":165.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20LITE Phone Holder \/ None \/ CB Radio \/ Walkie Talkie Holder","offer_id":52703188156758,"sku":null,"price":170.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20LITE Phone Holder \/ None \/ None","offer_id":52703188189526,"sku":"PB11-20L","price":110.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magsafe Phone Holder \/ Metal Tablet Holder \/ CB Radio Holder","offer_id":52703188222294,"sku":null,"price":255.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magsafe Phone Holder \/ Metal Tablet Holder \/ CB Radio \/ Walkie Talkie Holder","offer_id":52703188255062,"sku":null,"price":255.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magsafe Phone Holder \/ Metal Tablet Holder \/ None","offer_id":52703188287830,"sku":null,"price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magsafe Phone Holder \/ None \/ CB Radio Holder","offer_id":52703188320598,"sku":null,"price":165.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magsafe Phone Holder \/ None \/ CB Radio \/ Walkie Talkie Holder","offer_id":52703188353366,"sku":null,"price":170.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magsafe Phone Holder \/ None \/ None","offer_id":52703188386134,"sku":"PB11-MG4","price":110.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Charging Magsafe Phone Holder \/ Metal Tablet Holder \/ CB Radio Holder","offer_id":52703188418902,"sku":null,"price":265.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Charging Magsafe Phone Holder \/ Metal Tablet Holder \/ CB Radio \/ Walkie Talkie Holder","offer_id":52703188451670,"sku":null,"price":255.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Charging Magsafe Phone Holder \/ Metal Tablet Holder \/ None","offer_id":52703188484438,"sku":null,"price":210.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Charging Magsafe Phone Holder \/ None \/ CB Radio Holder","offer_id":52703188517206,"sku":null,"price":175.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Charging Magsafe Phone Holder \/ None \/ CB Radio \/ Walkie Talkie Holder","offer_id":52703188549974,"sku":null,"price":180.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Charging Magsafe Phone Holder \/ None \/ None","offer_id":52703188582742,"sku":"PB11-CR6","price":120.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"None \/ Metal Tablet Holder \/ CB Radio Holder","offer_id":52703188615510,"sku":null,"price":195.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"None \/ Metal Tablet Holder \/ CB Radio \/ Walkie Talkie Holder","offer_id":52703188648278,"sku":null,"price":255.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"None \/ Metal Tablet Holder \/ None","offer_id":52703188681046,"sku":"PB11-SLT","price":140.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"None \/ None \/ CB Radio Holder","offer_id":52703188713814,"sku":"PB11-CB1","price":105.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"None \/ None \/ CB Radio \/ Walkie Talkie Holder","offer_id":52703188746582,"sku":"PB11-CB","price":110.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"None \/ None \/ None","offer_id":52703188779350,"sku":"AS39","price":50.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/DashBracket1.png?v=1772106119"},{"product_id":"ford-ranger-2-3l-plug-in-hybrid-ecu-remap-custom-tuning-2025-hoonies-adrenaline","title":"Ford Ranger 2.3L Plug-In Hybrid ECU Remap \u0026 Custom Tuning 2025+ - Ranger PHEV Calibration","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFord Ranger PHEV ECU Remap for 2025+ 2.3L Plug-In Hybrid Models\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Ford Ranger 2.3L Plug-In Hybrid ECU Remap and Custom Tuning service is for 2025 onwards Ranger PHEV owners who want sharper response, stronger loaded driveability and a calibration built around their own vehicle data. Delivered through Hoonies Adrenaline with Lukos Engineering, this is a custom tuning service, not a generic flash file.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor scale, this tuning route is presented with 275HP and 680Nm for the stock vehicle including electric motor contribution, and 374HP and 650Nm for the tuned petrol engine only. Those numbers show the level of outcome being targeted, but they are not a fixed result for every Ranger. Your vehicle is calibrated as an individual vehicle using its condition, fuel, hardware, temperatures and logs from the chosen Remote OBD or Dyno process.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy This Ranger Plug-In Hybrid Calibration Matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 2025+ Ford Ranger Plug-In Hybrid uses a different powertrain layout from diesel Ranger models, so it needs a PHEV-specific calibration approach. A diesel Ranger remap is not the right decision point here; this service is built around the 2.3L petrol-electric Ranger platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn standard form, a work-and-weekend Ranger can feel conservative when carrying tools, camping equipment, recovery kit or towing weight. A custom ECU remap helps refine how the petrol engine responds under real driving demand, making the vehicle feel more willing and easier to use when load, terrain or overtaking response matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe value is in the data-led process. Hoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering review how the vehicle behaves rather than applying a one-size file and hoping it suits every owner, every load and every driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho This Ford Ranger PHEV Tune Is For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis service is aimed at owners using the Ranger PHEV as a proper multi-role vehicle. It suits drivers who want a more responsive truck for road use, towing, touring, light commercial work or off-road access without treating the hybrid Ranger like a diesel tuning product.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2025 onwards Ford Ranger 2.3L Plug-In Hybrid owners wanting a custom ECU calibration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrivers who tow or carry regular equipment and want stronger usable response.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTouring and overlanding builds where added kit can make standard response feel muted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork vehicles that need predictable driveability with tools or payload on board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners choosing between a convenient Remote OBD process and an in-person Dyno session at St Neots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomers who want tuning based on vehicle logs, test-drive feedback and calibration refinement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCustom Tuning Approach With Vehicle Logs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering tuning is built around the customer's vehicle, not just the model name. The calibration route considers vehicle condition, hardware, temperatures, logs, driver feedback, misfires, transmission behaviour and sensible safety limits before chasing output.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLive data logging gives the engineer visibility of how the Ranger behaves during real use. Dyno-validated development adds controlled measurement and repeatability, helping the calibration stay grounded in data rather than guesswork.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore tuning begins, raise any warning lights, previous ECU work, recent hardware changes, misfire symptoms, driveline concerns, unusual transmission behaviour or temperature issues. A healthy vehicle gives the calibration a stronger foundation and helps avoid using software to hide a mechanical or electrical problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow Fully Remote OBD Tuning Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Remote OBD option is designed for Ranger PHEV owners who cannot easily travel to St Neots but still want a structured custom tuning process. It is a guided, logged and reviewed calibration route rather than a basic file sent by email.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder the Remote tuning option and book an engineer appointment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe required tuning device is shipped, with guidance for app, account and device setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe original ECU file or build is read and saved as the stock map before tuning begins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA first 5-10 minute logged test drive is completed so the vehicle behaviour can be reviewed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngineers review the synced logs, create the tuning file and sync it to the device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe calibration file is flashed to the vehicle using the guided OBD process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA second logged drive is completed to check response, temperatures, feedback and vehicle behaviour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurther refinement continues until a suitable limit is reached for the engine, transmission, hardware and vehicle condition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe saved stock map gives useful customer control. With guidance, the supplied tuning device can be used for agreed map or tune version switching and can return the vehicle to the saved stock file when needed. This is practical for servicing and vehicle management, but it is not a warranty promise.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDyno Tuning Option at St Neots\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Dyno option at St Neots is the stronger choice if you want the Ranger assessed in person with controlled measurement and direct calibration review. Dyno tuning allows repeatable load conditions, measured output checks and closer observation of how the vehicle responds during the session.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis route suits owners who want the most hands-on tuning experience, or vehicles where the engineer should review behaviour directly. It also gives Hoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering more opportunity to monitor the vehicle under controlled conditions while refining the ECU calibration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose Remote OBD for convenience and distance support. Choose Dyno at St Neots if you prefer in-person tuning, measured dyno feedback and direct workshop assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility Notes for the 2025+ Ranger PHEV\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis ECU remap is for the 2025 onwards Ford Ranger 2.3L Plug-In Hybrid. It is not sold as an earlier Ranger tune, a diesel Ranger tune or a calibration for other Ford platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf your vehicle is not the Ranger PHEV, check suitability with Hoonies Adrenaline before ordering. Keeping the fitment narrow matters because the PHEV powertrain and its control strategy are different from diesel Ranger applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tuning work focuses on ECU calibration. Customers should not attempt to work on the high-voltage hybrid system; high-voltage components should only be handled by suitably qualified professionals.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eService Provider\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLukos Engineering with Hoonies Adrenaline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCustom ECU remap \/ tuning service\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger 2.3L Plug-In Hybrid, 2025 onwards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlatform Context\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNext-Gen \/ P703 PHEV Ford Ranger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTuning Method Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemote OBD or Dyno (St Neots)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDevelopment Methods\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLive data logging, dyno-validated development, vehicle logs and test-drive feedback\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStock Vehicle Figure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e275HP and 680Nm including electric motor contribution\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTuned Petrol Engine Figure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e374HP and 650Nm for the tuned petrol engine only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eService Format\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCustom calibration service, not a physical performance part\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical Use Cases\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTowing, loaded driving, touring, off-road access, work use and daily road driving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBefore Ordering\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the tuning route that matches how you want the work completed. Remote OBD is best when convenience and distance support matter. Dyno at St Neots is best when you want in-person calibration, controlled measurement and direct vehicle assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm your vehicle is a 2025 onwards Ford Ranger 2.3L Plug-In Hybrid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose Remote or Dyno (St Neots) as the tuning method.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTell Hoonies Adrenaline about previous remaps, warning lights or recent hardware changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not ignore misfires, transmission concerns or repeated temperature issues before tuning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlan to complete logged test drives accurately if using the Remote OBD route.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNotify your insurer and check your warranty position before proceeding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWarranty, Insurance and Vehicle Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs with any ECU tune, remap or vehicle modification, warranty decisions can be affected and remain with the dealer, manufacturer or warranty provider. Returning to a saved stock file may be useful for vehicle management, but it does not guarantee warranty protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCustomers should notify their insurer of tuning work and make sure the vehicle remains suitable for its intended road, towing, work and off-road use. The main reason to choose this service is the custom calibration process, data review and refinement through Hoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a generic Ford Ranger remap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a custom Ford Ranger PHEV ECU calibration delivered through Hoonies Adrenaline with Lukos Engineering. The tune is built around vehicle logs, condition, hardware, temperatures, feedback and intended use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich Ford Ranger does this service suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is intended for the 2025 onwards Ford Ranger 2.3L Plug-In Hybrid. It should not be used to assume compatibility with diesel Ranger models, earlier Ranger generations or other Ford vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose Remote OBD or Dyno at St Neots?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose Remote OBD if you want a guided process without travelling. Choose Dyno at St Neots if you want in-person tuning, controlled dyno measurement and direct vehicle assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the 275HP, 680Nm, 374HP and 650Nm figures fixed for every vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. They show the scale of what is possible within this tuning route. Results depend on vehicle condition, fuel, temperature, hardware, logs, feedback and the chosen Remote OBD or Dyno process.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the Ranger be returned to the saved stock map?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe remote process includes reading and saving the original ECU file or build as the stock map. With guidance, the tuning device can return the vehicle to that saved stock file when needed, but this is not a warranty guarantee.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill tuning affect warranty or insurance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can. Any ECU remap or custom tune may affect warranty decisions, and insurers should be informed of modifications. Check your warranty position, insurance policy and intended use before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePayment Terms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor UK customers, the price shown includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping costs, so you can order with confidence and avoid unexpected customs bills after purchase. If any customs-related questions or issues arise, Hoonies Adrenaline will handle them for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor orders outside the UK, please contact us through the contact form before purchasing so we can prepare a personalised quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping and Lead Times\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe aim to keep strong stock availability across the products we sell, but imported, specialist and custom-order items may have a lead time. If you need an estimated delivery window before ordering, please contact us and we will be happy to check this for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you place an order for an item that is currently out of stock or already on order with a supplier, Hoonies Adrenaline will contact you as soon as possible with an update.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lukos Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Remote","offer_id":52730263404886,"sku":null,"price":1300.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dyno (St Neots)","offer_id":52730263437654,"sku":null,"price":1500.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Ford_Ranger_PHEV_2025.png?v=1779008396"},{"product_id":"ford-ranger-2-0-bi-turbo-ecu-remap-transmission-tuning-2019-2024-custom-dyno-tune-proven-power-torque-gains-uk-diesel-tuning","title":"Hoonies Adrenaline Ford Ranger 2.0 Bi-Turbo ECU Remap \u0026 Transmission Tuning (2019-2024) - Custom Dyno Calibration","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCustom ECU Remap \u0026amp; Transmission Tuning for Ford Ranger 2.0 Bi-Turbo (2019–2024)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlock the true performance of your Ford Ranger 2.0 Bi-Turbo Diesel (2019–2024) with Hoonies Adrenaline's bespoke ECU remap and transmission tuning, developed in partnership with Lukos Engineering. This advanced tuning solution is specifically engineered for the 2.0L EcoBlue Bi-Turbo diesel platform, delivering tailored calibration for UK EN590 diesel, real-world driving, and heavy load conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the ECU Remap \u0026amp; Transmission Tuning Delivers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product provides a fully custom engine and gearbox calibration, individually developed for each vehicle using professional hub dyno testing and live data logging. Unlike generic remaps, every tune is built around your Ranger’s unique characteristics, ensuring optimal power, torque, and drivability without compromising reliability or emissions compliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Application \u0026amp; Use Cases\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for owners who demand more from their Ranger, whether for daily driving, towing, or heavy-duty use. This tuning is particularly beneficial for those who require:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnhanced mid-range torque for towing and overtaking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFaster throttle response and improved acceleration\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOptimised gear shift strategy for smoother power delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent performance under load and demanding conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy recalibrating torque limiters, boost control, injection timing, and fuel pressure strategies within safe OEM thresholds, this tune transforms the Ranger’s drivability while maintaining engine protection protocols.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of Hoonies Adrenaline Custom Tuning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSignificant power and torque gains (up to 300+ BHP \/ 650+ Nm, vehicle dependent)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTransmission optimisation for reduced gear hunting and improved towing stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo need for ECU unlocking or hardware swaps—installation is straightforward and maintains factory hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEmissions systems (DPF, EGR, AdBlue) remain fully operational and compliant\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLive dyno calibration ensures safe, repeatable, and proven results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoonies Adrenaline (in partnership with Lukos Engineering)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eECU Remap \u0026amp; Transmission Tuning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger 2.0 Bi-Turbo Diesel (2019–2024) with SID212 ECU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCalibration Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCustom hub dyno tuning with live data logging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEmissions Compliance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRetains DPF, EGR, and AdBlue systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Gains\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300+ BHP \/ 650+ Nm (vehicle dependent)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo ECU unlock or swap required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLocation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSt Neots, Cambridgeshire, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Usage Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe calibration process is performed in-house using professional hub dyno equipment. There is no need to send your ECU away or perform any hardware swaps. Same-day turnaround is possible, and the original calibration can be restored if required. To maximise results, ensure your Ranger is in good mechanical condition with a clean air filter, high-quality diesel, and a healthy emissions system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupporting upgrades such as high-flow air intakes, intercoolers, and exhaust improvements can further enhance performance and reliability. If you install additional modifications after tuning, a recalibration is recommended to maintain optimal results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much power and torque can I expect from this tuning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical gains are up to 300+ BHP and 650+ Nm torque, depending on your vehicle’s condition and any supporting modifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the gearbox included in the tuning process?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, both engine and transmission calibrations are included to ensure seamless power delivery and improved drivability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this tuning affect my emissions systems?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, all factory emissions systems including DPF, EGR, and AdBlue remain fully operational and compliant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to unlock or swap my ECU?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo ECU unlocking or hardware swaps are required. The process is non-invasive and maintains your factory hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the vehicle be reverted to its original calibration?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the vehicle can be returned to its stock ECU calibration if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this tuning suitable for towing and heavy-duty use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The calibration is designed to improve torque delivery and stability under load, making it ideal for towing and demanding applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose This Ford Ranger 2.0 Bi-Turbo Tune?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis custom ECU and transmission tuning package is engineered for owners who demand proven, safe, and emissions-compliant performance gains. Developed using professional hub dyno calibration, it offers a tailored solution for the UK market, supporting both everyday usability and heavy-duty requirements. Backed by Hoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering, you gain confidence in both results and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lukos Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52796975448406,"sku":null,"price":1500.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Ford_Ranger_Bi-Turbo_2019-2024.png?v=1779008692"},{"product_id":"longranger-replacement-extended-160-litre-fuel-tank-next-gen-ford-ranger-diesel-2022","title":"LongRanger TR96L 160L Replacement Fuel Tank – Next Gen Ford Ranger Diesel (2022+) Extended Range Upgrade","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLongRanger TR96L Replacement Fuel Tank for Next-Gen Ford Ranger Diesel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eExpanded Fuel Capacity for Extended Touring\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LongRanger TR96L 160-litre replacement fuel tank is engineered specifically for the Next-Gen Ford Ranger Diesel (2022+), providing a substantial increase in fuel storage for drivers who demand more from their vehicle. By directly replacing the factory tank, this upgrade nearly doubles the standard fuel capacity, allowing for longer journeys between refuelling stops—ideal for remote touring, overlanding, and serious off-road use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the TR96L Replacement Tank Improves Your Ranger\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis LongRanger tank is designed to integrate seamlessly with the Ranger’s existing fuel system. It utilises the original mounting points, filler system, and fuel level sender, ensuring compatibility and straightforward installation. The tank sits at the same height as the OEM bash plates, preserving ground clearance and off-road capability. No major vehicle modifications are required, and installation is typically completed in approximately 2.5 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Extended Fuel Tank Is Most Useful\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TR96L is particularly valuable for drivers undertaking long-distance expeditions, remote area travel, or those who regularly operate far from fuel stations. It is suited to adventurers, tradespeople, and anyone who needs to maximise their Ford Ranger’s fuel autonomy without relying on auxiliary tanks or carrying jerry cans. The direct replacement design means you gain extra range without compromising cargo space or altering the vehicle’s underbody protection profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the LongRanger TR96L Replacement Tank\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSignificantly increases total fuel capacity to 160 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for the factory tank—no auxiliary systems required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaintains ground clearance with a design level to OEM bash plates\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with Ad-Blue models and all major Next-Gen Ranger diesel variants (XL, XLS, XLT, Wildtrak, Platinum)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports extended touring, remote travel, and demanding off-road use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRetains use of original filler and fuel sender for seamless integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongRanger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart Number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTR96L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement extended fuel tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Next-Gen (2022+), Diesel, XL\/XLS\/XLT\/Wildtrak\/Platinum, Ad-Blue compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiesel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation Location\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplaces factory tank under vehicle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApproximate Installation Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2.5 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround Clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLevel with OEM bash plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Modifications Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone major\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Integration Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LongRanger TR96L is designed for a straightforward installation process, reusing key original components. Most workshops can complete the fitment in around 2.5 hours. The tank’s design ensures there is no loss of ground clearance or need for significant vehicle modification. It is compatible with Ad-Blue equipped models, making it suitable for the full range of Next-Gen Ford Ranger diesel variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReal-World Problem Solved\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard fuel tanks on the Next-Gen Ford Ranger can limit range, especially in remote or off-road environments where fuel stations are scarce. The TR96L replacement tank helps eliminate range anxiety, allowing you to plan longer routes, carry more supplies, and avoid the inconvenience of frequent refuelling. This upgrade is particularly beneficial for those who travel in regions where fuel availability is unpredictable or who require maximum autonomy for work or recreation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the LongRanger TR96L replacement tank affect ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tank is engineered to sit level with the OEM bash plates, so ground clearance is maintained compared to the factory setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this tank compatible with all Next-Gen Ford Ranger diesel models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the TR96L is designed for the 2022+ Ford Ranger diesel range, including XL, XLS, XLT, Wildtrak, and Platinum variants, and is confirmed to fit Ad-Blue models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill I need to modify my vehicle to install this tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo major modifications are required. The tank is a direct replacement and reuses the original mounting points and components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the tank affect the vehicle’s fuel gauge accuracy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe original fuel level sender is reused, allowing the gauge to function as normal, though the increased capacity will be reflected in the range displayed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho should consider upgrading to the TR96L tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis upgrade is ideal for those undertaking long-distance travel, remote expeditions, or who require extended range for work or recreation in areas with limited fuel access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install the tank myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile the installation is straightforward, it is recommended to have the tank fitted by a professional workshop familiar with fuel systems to ensure safety and compliance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LongRanger","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52937296478550,"sku":"HA-V52937296478550","price":1900.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/LONGRANGERTR96L.png?v=1774456583"},{"product_id":"longranger-replacement-extended-140-litre-fuel-tank-ford-ranger-diesel-2011-2022","title":"LongRanger TR73L 140L Replacement Fuel Tank - Ford Ranger Diesel 2011-2022 Extended Range Upgrade","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLongRanger TR73L 140L Replacement Fuel Tank for Ford Ranger Diesel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eExtended Fuel Range for Demanding Adventures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LongRanger TR73L 140-litre replacement fuel tank is engineered specifically for Ford Ranger PX series diesel models from October 2011 to 2022. As a direct replacement for the factory tank, this upgrade is designed to significantly increase your Ranger's onboard fuel capacity, enabling longer journeys between refuelling stops. Whether you are planning remote expeditions, overland adventures, or heavy-duty work, the LongRanger TR73L provides the range and reliability required for serious off-road and touring applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the LongRanger TR73L Fuel Tank Improves Your Ranger\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis replacement tank swaps out the standard 80-litre factory unit for a robust 140-litre capacity, giving you an extra 60 litres of fuel storage without altering the original fuel system layout. The TR73L integrates seamlessly with the Ranger’s factory fuel filler and sender, so your fuel gauge and refuelling process remain unchanged. The tank fits in the original location beneath the vehicle, eliminating the need for auxiliary tanks or external jerry cans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Upgrade Is Useful\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LongRanger TR73L is ideal for owners who regularly:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTravel long distances in remote or outback regions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUndertake overlanding, touring, or expedition builds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOperate work vehicles that tow, carry heavy loads, or run additional accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNeed to reduce stops for refuelling and avoid reliance on external fuel storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy increasing fuel capacity, this tank supports greater flexibility and safety when travelling far from fuel stations or in areas with unpredictable fuel availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the LongRanger 140L Replacement Tank\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSubstantially increased fuel range over the standard factory tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect replacement design for straightforward installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeeps the original fuel system and gauge fully functional\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRemoves the need for external jerry cans or auxiliary tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDeveloped for tough 4WD and expedition environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports confident travel in remote and challenging conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongRanger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTR73L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger PX, PXII, PXIII (Diesel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel Years\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOctober 2011 – 2022\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrive Types\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4x2 Hi-Rider and 4x4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiesel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFactory Tank Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 80 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement (not auxiliary)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation Location\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplaces original factory tank position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Integration Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LongRanger TR73L is designed for direct replacement of the factory tank, using the original mounting points and fuel system connections. No modifications to the fuel system or filler are required. Professional installation is recommended to ensure correct fitment and integration with the vehicle’s fuel sender and gauge. The tank is suitable only for diesel models and is not compatible with petrol variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAddressing Real-World Fuel Range Challenges\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemote travel and extended off-road journeys often expose the limitations of factory fuel tanks, especially in the Ford Ranger. The LongRanger TR73L solves the problem of limited range by providing a substantial increase in fuel storage, helping you avoid the risks and inconvenience of carrying jerry cans or running low on fuel far from civilisation. This upgrade is widely chosen by overlanders, expedition teams, and commercial operators who require dependable range and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the LongRanger TR73L affect my fuel gauge or fuel system operation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the TR73L is engineered to work with the factory fuel sender and gauge, so all original functions are retained.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this tank suitable for petrol engines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, this replacement tank is designed exclusively for diesel-powered Ford Ranger PX, PXII, and PXIII models from 2011 to 2022.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the tank require any modifications to the vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TR73L is a direct replacement and fits in the original factory tank location. No major modifications are required, but professional installation is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this tank with other aftermarket accessories?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tank is designed to integrate with the standard fuel system and is compatible with most Ranger accessories that do not interfere with the underbody tank location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the main benefits over carrying jerry cans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TR73L provides a safer, more convenient, and integrated solution for extended range, eliminating the need for external fuel storage and reducing the risk of fuel spillage or theft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the tank suitable for extreme off-road use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLongRanger tanks are developed for demanding 4WD and expedition environments, making them suitable for tough off-road conditions and remote travel.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LongRanger","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52937641689430,"sku":"XGFTTR73L","price":1529.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/XGFTTR73L1.png?v=1774461269"},{"product_id":"longranger-replacement-extended-126-litre-fuel-tank-ford-ranger-diesel-2007-2011","title":"LongRanger TR53R 126 Litre Replacement Fuel Tank - Ford Ranger Diesel 2007-2011 Long Range Upgrade","description":"\u003ch2\u003eExtended Range Fuel Solution for Ford Ranger 2007–2011\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\nThe LongRanger TR53R 126 Litre Replacement Fuel Tank is engineered for Ford Ranger diesel models built from 2007 to 2011. This direct replacement tank is designed to significantly increase your vehicle’s onboard fuel capacity, making it an essential upgrade for drivers who demand greater autonomy on long-distance journeys, remote expeditions, and off-road adventures.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the TR53R Replacement Fuel Tank Improves Your Ford Ranger\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\nThe TR53R replaces the factory fuel tank beneath your Ranger, integrating seamlessly with the original fuel system. By boosting total capacity to 126 litres, it allows for much longer intervals between refuelling stops. This is especially valuable for overland travel, remote touring, and work vehicles operating far from fuel stations. The tank’s design eliminates the need for external jerry cans or auxiliary fuel storage, maintaining a clean and practical setup.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere the LongRanger TR53R Is Most Useful\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\nThis replacement tank is ideal for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOverlanders and expedition travellers covering vast distances\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRemote area explorers where fuel supply is uncertain\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOff-road enthusiasts seeking maximum range without compromising cargo space\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWork vehicles operating in rural or outback regions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nBy increasing fuel capacity, the TR53R supports longer trips and reduces the stress of route planning around limited refuelling points.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the LongRanger TR53R Replacement Tank\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSubstantial increase in fuel capacity over the OEM tank (126 litres total)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect replacement design fits the factory tank location\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with both 4x2 Hi-Rider and 4x4 Ford Ranger diesel models (2007–2011)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEliminates reliance on external fuel containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaintains full integration with the original fuel system\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWidely used by touring and expedition vehicles in demanding environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongRanger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart Number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTR53R\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement Extended Fuel Tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Diesel (2007–2011)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e126 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiesel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4x2 Hi-Rider and 4x4 models\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation Location\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplaces factory tank beneath vehicle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Practical Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThe LongRanger TR53R is designed as a direct replacement for the factory tank, ensuring straightforward installation for experienced fitters or workshops familiar with 4WD upgrades. No major modifications are required, and the tank retains compatibility with the vehicle’s standard fuel system components. For best results and safety, professional installation is recommended.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReal-World Problem Solved\u003c\/h2\u003e\nRunning out of fuel in remote or off-road environments can be a serious risk. The TR53R addresses this by dramatically increasing your Ranger’s range, reducing the need to carry jerry cans or plan routes around limited fuel stops. This upgrade helps ensure you can travel further with confidence, whether crossing deserts, tackling remote tracks, or supporting extended work operations.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the TR53R differ from an auxiliary tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TR53R is a full replacement for the factory tank, not an add-on. It increases total capacity without requiring extra plumbing or separate fill points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat vehicles is this tank compatible with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis tank is specifically engineered for Ford Ranger diesel models from 2007 to 2011, covering both 4x2 Hi-Rider and 4x4 variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill installation require modifications to my vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TR53R is designed for direct fitment in the factory tank location. No major modifications are needed, but professional installation is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this tank with petrol engines or other Ranger generations?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, this model is for diesel-powered Ford Rangers from 2007–2011 only. Compatibility with other engines or model years is not supported.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the tank affect ground clearance or off-road capability?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe replacement tank is designed to fit within the original mounting points and does not significantly alter ground clearance or underbody protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the TR53R suitable for extreme off-road use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, LongRanger tanks are widely used in touring and off-road vehicles. They are engineered for durability and demanding conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LongRanger","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52937741238614,"sku":"XGFTTR53R","price":1390.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/XGFTTR53R1.png?v=1774459386"},{"product_id":"autovolt-led-grille-drl-piggyback-loom-for-ford-ranger-next-gen-2023-plug-play-wiring-harness-for-led-grille-lights","title":"AutoVolt LED Grille DRL Piggyback Loom – Ford Ranger (Next-Gen 2023+) Plug \u0026 Play Wiring Harness","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAutoVolt LED Grille DRL Piggyback Loom for Ford Ranger (Next-Gen 2023+)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePurpose and Function of the Piggyback Loom\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AutoVolt LED Grille DRL Piggyback Loom is engineered for the Next-Gen Ford Ranger (2023+), providing a seamless solution for adding aftermarket LED grille lights or light strips. This plug-and-play wiring harness allows you to power low-voltage LED lighting directly from the vehicle’s existing wiring, without the need to cut, splice, or modify the factory loom. The loom is designed to insert between the original factory connector and the vehicle wiring, creating a dedicated power source for grille lighting while keeping the OEM system untouched and fully reversible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Loom Improves Grille Lighting Installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTraditional LED grille light installations often require tapping into the fuse box or cutting into the factory wiring—procedures that can introduce electrical faults, complicate future servicing, and potentially void warranties. The AutoVolt piggyback loom eliminates these risks by offering a non-invasive, vehicle-specific solution. It ensures that your LED grille lights operate as daytime running lights (DRLs), activating with the ignition and remaining illuminated regardless of headlight status. This is particularly valuable for off-road, expedition, and accessory lighting builds where constant visibility and reliability are essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Loom Is Especially Useful\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis piggyback loom is ideal for Ford Ranger owners who want to add LED grille marker lights or light bars while maintaining the integrity of their vehicle’s electrical system. It is especially suited to:\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOff-road builds requiring robust, always-on grille lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExpedition vehicles where electrical reliability is critical\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOwners seeking a fully reversible, warranty-friendly installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInstallers aiming for a professional finish without complex wiring work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nThe loom is compatible with low-voltage LED grille lights and LED strip lights, supporting popular aftermarket lighting kits for the Next-Gen Ranger Wildtrak and Raptor variants.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the AutoVolt Piggyback Loom\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo cutting or modification of the factory wiring loom required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrue plug-and-play installation for straightforward fitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for the 2023+ Ford Ranger platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProvides reliable power for LED grille lights or strips\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDoes not interfere with CANBUS or body control module (BCM) systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLights activate automatically with ignition for DRL-style operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuickly removable for servicing, warranty work, or MOT preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutoVolt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiggyback wiring loom for LED grille lighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger (Next-Gen, 2023+), Wildtrak, Raptor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupported Lighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow-voltage LED grille lights or LED strip lights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23 × 17 × 3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Practical Usage Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling the AutoVolt piggyback loom is designed to be accessible for both DIY enthusiasts and professional installers. The process involves disconnecting the relevant factory connector, inserting the loom in-line, and connecting your LED grille lights using the supplied wiring (red to red, black to black). Connections can be made using solder and heat shrink or waterproof butt connectors. For added protection, an inline fuse is recommended. No specialist electrical knowledge is required, and the loom can be quickly removed if needed, allowing the vehicle to be restored to its original configuration for warranty or MOT purposes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReal-World Problem Solved\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdding aftermarket grille lighting to modern vehicles can risk electrical faults, interfere with CANBUS or BCM systems, and complicate future repairs. The AutoVolt piggyback loom solves this by providing a safe, reversible, and non-intrusive method to power grille lights, ensuring both reliability and peace of mind for Ford Ranger owners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this loom require cutting or splicing the factory wiring?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the loom is fully plug-and-play and does not require any modification of the factory wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Ford Ranger models is this loom compatible with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis loom is designed for the Next-Gen Ford Ranger (2023+), including Wildtrak and Raptor variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the loom affect my vehicle’s CANBUS or BCM systems?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the loom is engineered to avoid interference with the vehicle’s CANBUS or body control module.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat type of LED lights can I connect to this loom?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe loom supports low-voltage LED grille lights and LED strip lights commonly used for DRL or accessory lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the installation reversible if I need to return the vehicle to stock?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the loom can be unplugged at any time, returning the vehicle to its original wiring configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need any special tools or electrical skills to install this loom?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo specialist tools or electrical expertise are required. Basic hand tools and attention to wiring polarity (red to red, black to black) are sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"AutoVolt","offers":[{"title":"Wildtrak","offer_id":53070851211606,"sku":"HA-V53070851211606","price":23.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raptor","offer_id":53070851244374,"sku":"HA-V53070851244374","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Ranger_Grille_-_WT.png?v=1775734602"},{"product_id":"autovolt-ford-ranger-reverse-light-piggyback-loom-2011-2022-plug-play-wiring-harness-for-auxiliary-reverse-lights","title":"AutoVolt Ford Ranger (2011-2022) Reverse Light Piggyback Loom - Plug \u0026 Play Auxiliary Reverse Light Wiring Harness","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAutoVolt Reverse Light Piggyback Loom for Ford Ranger (2011–2022)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AutoVolt Reverse Light Piggyback Loom is engineered specifically for Ford Ranger models from 2011 to 2022, providing a seamless solution for adding auxiliary reverse or work lights. This plug-and-play wiring harness enables owners to enhance rear visibility without modifying or damaging the original vehicle wiring, making it ideal for off-road, towing, and work applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Piggyback Loom Supports Auxiliary Reverse Lighting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFactory reverse lighting on the Ford Ranger can be insufficient for demanding scenarios such as night-time reversing, off-road manoeuvring, or trailer coupling. The AutoVolt loom connects directly between the factory reverse light connectors, creating a dedicated output for additional lighting. This ensures that auxiliary lights activate automatically when reverse gear is engaged, delivering immediate and reliable illumination exactly when needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTypical Use Cases for Ford Ranger Owners\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis loom is designed for Ranger owners who require improved rear visibility in challenging environments. It is particularly useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReversing in poorly lit areas or at night\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOff-road driving where obstacles may not be visible with standard lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCoupling trailers or caravans after dark\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorking around the rear of the vehicle in low-light conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy maintaining the integrity of the factory wiring, the loom is also suitable for leased or fleet vehicles where reversibility and warranty compliance are important.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the AutoVolt Piggyback Loom\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlug-and-play installation with no cutting or splicing required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaintains full factory wiring integrity and reversibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAutomatically triggers auxiliary lights when reverse is selected\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEngineered specifically for Ford Ranger (2011–2022)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports a professional, OEM-style installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for powering LED reverse lights or rear work lights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Compatibility Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe loom is purpose-built for the Ford Ranger platform, matching factory connector standards to ensure reliable integration. It is lightweight and compact, making it easy to route and conceal during installation. The design supports a total auxiliary light power draw up to 20W; for higher loads, a relay loom is recommended to protect the vehicle’s Body Control Module (BCM).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward and fully reversible:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDisconnect the factory reverse light connector at the rear of the vehicle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInsert the AutoVolt piggyback loom between the original connectors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConnect your auxiliary reverse or work light wiring to the loom’s output.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce installed, auxiliary lights will operate automatically with the vehicle’s reverse gear. No special tools or electrical expertise are required, making this upgrade accessible for DIY or professional installers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutoVolt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReverse Light Piggyback Wiring Loom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger (2011–2022)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuxiliary reverse lights or rear work lights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.05 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23 × 17 × 3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Power Draw (Direct)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20W (use relay loom for higher loads)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ – AutoVolt Ford Ranger Reverse Light Piggyback Loom\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this loom work with the factory wiring?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe loom piggybacks between the factory reverse light connectors, providing a dedicated output for auxiliary lights without altering the original wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the installation reversible?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the loom can be removed at any time, restoring the vehicle to its original state with no trace of modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat type of auxiliary lights can I use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe loom is suitable for most LED reverse or work lights with a combined power draw up to 20W. For higher-powered lights, a relay loom is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this affect my vehicle’s electrical warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause no cutting or splicing is required, the loom helps maintain the integrity of the factory wiring, supporting warranty compliance. Always check with your dealer for specific warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install this loom myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the plug-and-play design makes installation straightforward for most DIY users. Basic hand tools are typically sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this loom fit other Ford models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is engineered specifically for Ford Ranger models from 2011 to 2022. Compatibility with other vehicles is not confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the AutoVolt Piggyback Loom?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor Ford Ranger owners seeking a clean, reliable way to add auxiliary reverse lighting, the AutoVolt loom delivers a professional solution without compromising factory wiring. It is especially valuable for those who regularly tow, work, or drive off-road in low-light conditions, and for anyone wanting to avoid the risks of permanent electrical modification.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"AutoVolt","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53070858617174,"sku":null,"price":23.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/reverseloom1.png?v=1775735362"},{"product_id":"autovolt-reverse-light-relay-loom-ford-ranger-2011-2022-plug-play-auxiliary-reverse-light-wiring-harness-led-only-80w-rated","title":"AutoVolt Reverse Light Relay Loom Ford Ranger (2011–2022) – Plug \u0026 Play Auxiliary Reverse Light Wiring Harness (LED Only, 80W Rated)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAutoVolt Reverse Light Relay Loom for Ford Ranger – Reliable Auxiliary Reverse Lighting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePurpose-Built Solution for Auxiliary Reverse Lighting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AutoVolt Reverse Light Relay Loom is engineered specifically for Ford Ranger models from 2011 to 2022, providing a robust and safe wiring solution for adding auxiliary LED reverse lights. This plug-and-play harness is designed to integrate seamlessly with AutoVolt reverse light piggyback looms, ensuring a straightforward installation and dependable performance for demanding off-road, worksite, or expedition use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Relay Loom Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModern vehicles like the Ford Ranger utilise sensitive electronic control modules to manage lighting circuits. Drawing extra power directly from the factory reverse light wiring can risk overloading these systems, potentially causing faults or damaging the Body Control Module (BCM). The AutoVolt relay loom solves this by using the factory reverse light signal only as a trigger, while the relay supplies power to auxiliary lights directly from the battery via a dedicated fused line. This approach protects the vehicle’s electronics and ensures consistent, reliable lighting output.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Loom Is Most Useful\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis relay harness is ideal for Ford Ranger owners who need to install:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMultiple LED auxiliary reverse lights\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh-output LED reverse work lights\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReverse light bars mounted under the bumper or canopy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAuxiliary lighting systems requiring secure, high-current power delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is especially valuable for off-roaders, tradespeople, and anyone who regularly operates in low-light or challenging environments where enhanced rear visibility is essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits for Ford Ranger Owners\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProtects factory wiring and BCM from overload\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports up to 80W combined LED lighting load\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlug-and-play compatibility with AutoVolt piggyback looms\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDual output connectors for two lights or one high-power light\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo cutting or modification of factory wiring required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProfessional-grade installation with weather-resistant connectors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutoVolt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReverse light relay wiring loom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger (2011–2022)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLighting Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED lights only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80W combined\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRelay Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15A inline fuse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Cable Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.5 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOutputs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo light outputs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 × 13 × 5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Compatibility Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AutoVolt relay loom is designed for a true plug-and-play experience when used with compatible AutoVolt reverse light piggyback looms on Ford Ranger models (2011–2022). No cutting, splicing, or modification of the factory wiring is required, making installation straightforward for both DIY enthusiasts and professional installers. This loom is only suitable for LED lighting systems and is not intended for halogen lights due to their higher current draw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose This Relay Loom?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdding auxiliary reverse lighting to your Ford Ranger can transform night-time visibility and safety, but only if installed with a system that protects your vehicle’s sensitive electronics. The AutoVolt relay loom provides a dedicated, fused power path for high-output LED lights, ensuring reliable operation without risking BCM faults or wiring damage. This is a proven solution for those who demand more from their vehicle’s lighting, whether for off-roading, towing, or worksite applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this relay loom fit my Ford Ranger?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis loom is specifically designed for Ford Ranger models from 2011 to 2022. It is intended to be used in conjunction with AutoVolt reverse light piggyback looms for seamless integration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this loom with halogen reverse lights?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, this relay loom is designed for LED lighting systems only and is rated for a maximum combined load of 80W. Halogen lights typically draw more current and are not supported.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to modify my factory wiring?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo modifications are required. The loom is plug-and-play with compatible AutoVolt piggyback looms, preserving your vehicle’s original wiring and warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many auxiliary lights can I run with this loom?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe loom provides two output connectors, allowing you to run two separate LED reverse lights or one higher-power light bar, up to a total of 80W combined.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat protection does the loom offer for my vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe relay and inline fuse protect both your auxiliary lighting and your vehicle’s sensitive electronics, ensuring safe operation and reducing the risk of electrical faults.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"AutoVolt","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53070863302998,"sku":"HA-V53070863302998","price":32.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/reverseloomrelay1.png?v=1775735570"},{"product_id":"autovolt-ford-ranger-led-grille-piggyback-loom-2011-2022-plug-play-wiring-harness-for-led-grille-lights","title":"AutoVolt Ford Ranger (2011-2022) LED Grille Piggyback Loom - Plug \u0026 Play Wiring Harness","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAutoVolt LED Grille Piggyback Loom for Ford Ranger (2011–2022)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AutoVolt LED Grille Piggyback Loom is engineered specifically for Ford Ranger models produced from 2011 to 2022, providing a dedicated, plug-and-play wiring harness for aftermarket LED grille lights. This accessory is designed for enthusiasts and professionals seeking a reliable, non-invasive solution to power popular three-light LED grille conversions without altering the vehicle’s original wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Piggyback Loom Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis loom connects directly between the factory connectors in the Ranger’s engine bay, supplying power to low-voltage LED grille lights. By piggybacking onto the existing wiring, it eliminates the need for cutting, splicing, or tapping into fuse boxes—common issues that can compromise electrical integrity or void warranties. The loom powers the grille lights automatically when the vehicle is running, delivering a clean daytime running light effect that remains active even when headlights are switched on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Wiring Harness Is Useful\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOwners fitting aftermarket LED grille lights to their Ford Ranger often face the challenge of integrating new lighting without risking electrical faults or damaging factory wiring. The AutoVolt loom is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDIY installers wanting a straightforward, reversible solution\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProfessional fitters aiming for a factory-quality result\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRanger owners who want to maintain warranty and electrical reliability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAnyone upgrading to a three-light grille marker setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is particularly well-suited for off-road, expedition, and utility builds where electrical reliability is critical and modifications must be easily reversible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the AutoVolt Ford Ranger LED Grille Loom\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlug-and-play installation with no cutting or splicing required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePreserves factory wiring and vehicle warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with common three-light LED grille kits\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSafe, non-invasive power delivery for LED accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuick removal for servicing, inspections, or returning to stock\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReduces risk of electrical faults from moisture or poor connections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Included Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe loom is designed and manufactured by AutoVolt, tailored for the Ford Ranger platform. It features factory-style connectors and dedicated wiring for low-voltage LED grille lights. The harness is sized for typical grille light installations and is supplied ready for connection to standard three-light setups. An inline fuse is recommended for additional circuit protection (not included).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward and requires no specialist tools:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDisconnect the relevant factory connector in the engine bay\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInsert the piggyback loom between the original connectors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConnect the LED grille lights to the loom using matching red and black wires\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSecure connections with solder and heat shrink or waterproof butt connectors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe loom can be easily removed if necessary, allowing the vehicle to be returned to its original configuration for warranty work or inspections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutoVolt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED grille piggyback wiring loom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger (2011–2022)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLighting Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow-voltage LED grille lights (three-light marker setups)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23 × 17 × 3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this loom fit all Ford Ranger models from 2011 to 2022?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is designed specifically for Ford Ranger models produced between 2011 and 2022. Always confirm your vehicle’s year before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs any cutting or modification to the vehicle required?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo cutting, splicing, or permanent modifications are needed. The loom plugs directly into factory connectors for a non-invasive installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat type of LED lights is this loom compatible with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis loom is intended for low-voltage LED grille lights, typically used in three-light marker setups common on Ranger grille conversions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the loom be removed for servicing or inspections?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the loom is fully reversible and can be unplugged to restore the vehicle to its original wiring configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs an inline fuse included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, an inline fuse is not included but is recommended for additional circuit protection when installing LED accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this affect the vehicle’s warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the loom does not require cutting or splicing factory wiring, it helps maintain the vehicle’s electrical warranty. Always check your warranty terms before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"AutoVolt","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53070891876694,"sku":null,"price":23.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/grilleprevgen2.png?v=1775736150"},{"product_id":"autovolt-main-beam-relay-loom-piggyback-package-ford-ranger-2011-2022-plug-play-high-beam-trigger-wiring-kit-for-auxiliary-led-light-bars","title":"AutoVolt Main Beam Relay Loom \u0026 Piggyback Package Ford Ranger (2011-2022) - Plug \u0026 Play High Beam Auxiliary Lighting Wiring Kit","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAutoVolt Main Beam Relay Loom \u0026amp; Piggyback Package for Ford Ranger\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AutoVolt Main Beam Relay Loom \u0026amp; Piggyback Package is engineered specifically for the Ford Ranger (2011–2022), providing a professional-grade, plug-and-play wiring solution for integrating auxiliary LED light bars and driving lights with your vehicle’s high beam system. Designed for enthusiasts and professionals seeking a reliable and reversible installation, this kit enables seamless control of aftermarket lighting upgrades while protecting the vehicle’s sensitive electronics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Main Beam Relay Loom Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModern vehicles like the Ford Ranger use advanced electronic control modules that can be damaged by high-current loads from auxiliary lighting. The AutoVolt relay loom addresses this by using the factory main beam (high beam) signal purely as a trigger. The actual power for your auxiliary lights is drawn directly from the battery via a fused relay harness, ensuring safe and consistent operation without overloading the original wiring or control units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Wiring Kit Is Most Useful\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is ideal for any Ford Ranger owner looking to add roof-mounted LED light bars, bumper-mounted driving lights, or other high-output auxiliary lighting. Whether you’re preparing for off-road adventures, night-time expeditions, or simply want improved visibility on rural roads, the AutoVolt loom enables your auxiliary lights to activate automatically with the main beam, all while maintaining a clean, OEM-style installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoof-mounted LED light bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBumper-mounted driving lights\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAuxiliary off-road lighting systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the AutoVolt Relay Loom for Ford Ranger\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlug-and-play installation—no cutting or splicing of factory wiring\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDedicated piggyback loom for safe, reversible connection to the high beam circuit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e40A relay and 15A inline fuse support up to 200W of LED lighting (upgradeable to ~250W with a 20A fuse)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty wiring and weather-resistant connectors for durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInline isolation switch allows auxiliary lights to be disabled for road use or inspections\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaintains vehicle warranty and integrity by avoiding direct modification of OEM wiring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Electrical Components\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAutoVolt’s loom is built for reliability in demanding environments. The package includes a 40-amp relay for robust switching, a 15-amp inline fuse (supporting up to 200W LED lighting), and heavy-duty wiring with weather-resistant connectors. The wiring lengths and trigger cable routing are optimised for the Ford Ranger engine bay, ensuring a tidy, factory-style installation that is fully reversible if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Use Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is designed for straightforward, plug-and-play fitting with no need for specialist tools or electrical knowledge. The piggyback loom connects directly to the Ranger’s high beam circuit, while the relay harness draws power from the battery. An inline switch is included, giving you the flexibility to disable the auxiliary lighting circuit for legal compliance or vehicle inspections. The entire system can be removed without leaving permanent changes to the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutoVolt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain beam piggyback loom \u0026amp; relay wiring harness package\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger (2011–2022)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRelay Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupplied Fuse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15A (supports up to 200W LED lighting)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~250W combined LED lighting with 20A fuse upgrade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26 × 12 × 5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose This AutoVolt Loom for Your Ford Ranger?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdding powerful auxiliary lighting to your Ford Ranger can risk damaging factory wiring or voiding warranties if not done correctly. The AutoVolt Main Beam Relay Loom \u0026amp; Piggyback Package solves this by isolating the high beam trigger from the lighting power circuit, ensuring safe, reliable operation and a professional finish. This is the ideal solution for owners who want robust lighting upgrades without compromising vehicle integrity or future resale value.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this loom fit other vehicles besides the Ford Ranger (2011–2022)?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis package is specifically designed for the Ford Ranger (2011–2022). For other vehicles, check for dedicated AutoVolt looms or consult with your supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install this kit myself, or do I need a professional?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe loom is designed for straightforward, plug-and-play installation. Basic tools and familiarity with your vehicle’s engine bay are recommended, but no specialist skills are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat types of auxiliary lights can I connect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit supports LED driving lights, light bars, and other auxiliary lighting systems up to 200W with the supplied fuse, or up to ~250W with a 20A fuse upgrade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this kit affect my vehicle’s warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the loom connects via piggyback connectors and does not require cutting or splicing, it is designed to avoid affecting your vehicle’s warranty. Always confirm with your dealer for specific warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the installation reversible?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the system can be removed at any time, restoring the vehicle to its original condition without trace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the inline switch work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe inline switch allows you to disable the auxiliary lighting circuit when required, such as for road use or during vehicle inspections.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"AutoVolt","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53070917960022,"sku":null,"price":47.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/highbeamrelayloom1.png?v=1775736338"},{"product_id":"autovolt-oem-fit-dash-cam-for-next-gen-ford-ranger-2023-present","title":"AutoVolt - OEM-Fit Dash Cam for Next Gen Ford Ranger (2023-Present)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSummary\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis AutoVolt OEM-fit dash cam for the Next Gen Ford Ranger (2023-present) hides inside a model-specific rear-view mirror cover, giving you clear incident footage with a completely factory look - no suction mounts, no trailing leads and no cutting into vehicle wiring. Installation is plug and play using the supplied harness, and both bundles arrive ready to record with a 64GB microSD card in the box. Choose the 4K front-only camera, or the 2K front camera paired with a 1080p rear camera, then view, download and share clips over built-in WiFi through the phone app.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew Ranger owners who want incident recording without changing the cabin's factory look\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork and fleet trucks where a neat, hidden install matters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrivers covering both ends of the truck with the 2K front plus 1080p rear bundle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who wants recording running automatically every drive - no re-mounting, no fiddling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: AutoVolt (FitcamX front camera unit, model-specific housing)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: OEM-fit dash cam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle Application: Next Gen Ford Ranger, 2023-present\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBundle Options: 4K front only (2160p), or 2K front (1440p) plus 1080p rear camera\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded Items: Camera unit, plug-and-play power harness, 64GB microSD card, installation guide; rear bundle adds the rear camera and connecting cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage: 64GB card supplied; microSD up to 256GB supported\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecording: Loop recording with G-sensor incident lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitment type: vehicle-specific (mirror and rain sensor dependent)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFactory Look, Real Coverage\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA windscreen-mounted camera does the same basic job while announcing itself to everyone - a mount in your eyeline, a cable down the A-pillar. This unit sits in the mirror area the way Ford might have fitted it, and just gets on with recording: loop recording overwrites the oldest files automatically, and the G-sensor locks footage away when it detects an impact. Hardwire it with the optional accessory lead (sold separately) and it adds impact-triggered recording while parked too. See more \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dash-cameras\"\u003edash cameras\u003c\/a\u003e or browse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ford-ranger-2023-2026\"\u003eFord Ranger 2023+ accessories\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitment And Setup Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitment depends on the EU model and the mirror\/rain sensor setup - if you are unsure, contact us with a photo of your mirror area before ordering and we will confirm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecide on the rear camera now: it cannot be added to the front-only bundle later.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParking mode needs the optional hardwire accessory lead (sold separately) and records on impact while parked, not continuously.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoth bundles work out of the box with the supplied 64GB card; larger cards up to 256GB are supported.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutoVolt (FitcamX camera unit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM-Fit Dash Cam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNext Gen Ford Ranger, 2023-present\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFront Camera\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4K 2160p (front-only bundle) or 2K 1440p (front and rear bundle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRear Camera\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1080p, connects to the front unit (front and rear bundle only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64GB microSD included; supports up to 256GB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnectivity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in WiFi with phone app for viewing and downloads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-and-play harness included; optional hardwire lead for parking mode sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come with a memory card?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes - both bundles include a 64GB microSD card, and the camera supports cards up to 256GB if you want longer loops.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I add the rear camera later?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The rear camera only comes as part of the 2K front plus 1080p rear bundle and cannot be retrofitted to the front-only kit, so pick your bundle with that in mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I view and save my footage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOver the camera's built-in WiFi using the phone app, where you can watch, download and share clips without removing the card.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my Ranger?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made for the Next Gen Ford Ranger from 2023 on, but the exact fit depends on the EU model and mirror\/rain sensor setup. Send us a photo of your mirror area and we will confirm before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"AutoVolt","offers":[{"title":"4K Front Only","offer_id":53572319084886,"sku":null,"price":165.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"2K Front \u0026 1080p Rear","offer_id":53572319117654,"sku":null,"price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/1000066329-scaled.png?v=1778414813"},{"product_id":"arb-base-rack-cab-mount-kit-ford-ranger-mk5-7-2012-onwards-double-cab-xrrj177006","title":"ARB Ranger Mk5-7 Double Cab BASE Rack Kit | 1255 x 1155mm","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep more room in your Ranger for people and everyday kit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBulky equipment does not have to take up the space you use every day. This BASE Rack gives your 2012-2022 double-cab Ranger a 1255 x 1155 mm roof platform for luggage, tools and outdoor equipment. The matching cab-roof mounts are included, while the low-profile aluminium rack keeps the installation tidy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XRRJ1770060FORA5CABK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eStrong aluminium construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe platform is made from fully welded extruded aluminium. Internal bracing runs inside the beams, adding strength without making the rack larger, while the cross-beam layout helps keep it rigid under load. The platform arrives fully assembled, so installation centres on fitting the matched vehicle mounts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMove accessories without unloading everything\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe dovetail runs around the perimeter and along both sides of the internal beams. Matching clamps let you add, remove or reposition individual accessories without sliding them past everything else on the rack. Side-mounted fittings also leave more of the top surface available for your load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA low profile for everyday driving\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe low-profile design keeps the rack close to the roof and helps reduce wind noise. Removable UV-resistant aluminium corner caps provide access for concealed cable routing, useful if you later add suitable rack lighting. Existing T-slot accessories can be used where their fittings or adapters suit the BASE Rack system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMatching mounts for your Ranger Mk5-7\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit combines the 1255 x 1155 mm platform with the vehicle-specific mounting kit for Ford Ranger Mk5-7 Double Cab, 2012-2022; standard cab-roof version. The matching cab-roof mounting blades are included for this direct-fit application. Roof-mounted equipment counts towards the vehicle's roof-load limit, including the rack, mounts and accessories. Use the lowest applicable vehicle, mounting-system or rack limit when planning your load. This is the standard cab-roof kit; Ranger Wildtrak models use the separately listed Wildtrak mounting package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUseful accessories for the way you travel\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/collections\/roof-rack-accessories\"\u003eRoof Rack Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e for equipment that helps you make use of the platform. BASE Rack-compatible quick-release awning brackets, shovel holders and horizontal jerry-can mounts are useful examples; choose the fitting intended for your rack and accessory. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-baserack-tie-down-eyebolt-set-of-4\"\u003eBASE Rack eye bolts\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-baserack-ratchet-strap-3-0m-set-of-2\"\u003eBASE Rack ratchet straps\u003c\/a\u003e give you additional ways to secure suitable loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXRRJ1770060FORA5CABK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied package\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBASE Rack platform, matching cab-roof mounting blades and mounting hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk5-7 Double Cab, 2012-2022; standard cab-roof version\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlatform dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1255 x 1155 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlatform part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1770060\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlatform weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.7 kg; mounting kit weight additional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCross beams\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlatform load rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 125 kg, subject to lower vehicle and mounting limits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully welded extruded aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInternal bracing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated inside the platform beams\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAccessory attachment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDovetail around the perimeter and both sides of internal beams\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCorner caps\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable, UV-resistant aluminium; access for cable routing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAssembly\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlatform supplied fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eT-slot accessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable with compatible fittings or adapters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAdditional accessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelected separately from the rack kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePayment Terms\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor UK customers, the price shown includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping costs, so you can order with confidence and avoid unexpected customs bills after purchase. If any customs-related questions or issues arise, Hoonies Adrenaline will handle them for you.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor orders outside the UK, please contact us through the contact form before purchasing so we can prepare a personalised quote.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eShipping and Lead Times\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe aim to keep strong stock availability across the products we sell, but imported, specialist and custom-order items may have a lead time. If you need an estimated delivery window before ordering, please contact us and we will be happy to check this for you.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIf you place an order for an item that is currently out of stock or already on order with a supplier, Hoonies Adrenaline will contact you as soon as possible with an update.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the kit include the vehicle mounts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The platform and matching cab-roof mounting blades are included for Ford Ranger Mk5-7 Double Cab, 2012-2022; standard cab-roof version.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much can I carry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe platform is rated up to 125 kg, but the permitted load is governed by the lowest applicable vehicle, mounting or rack limit. Include the rack, mounts and accessories when calculating the weight on your roof.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I move an accessory without removing everything else?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Suitable dovetail clamps let you remove or reposition individual accessories without sliding them along a crowded channel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use accessories I already own?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMany existing T-slot accessories can be used with compatible fittings or adapters. Match the attachment to the BASE Rack dovetail and the accessory you want to carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat can I add to the rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/collections\/roof-rack-accessories\"\u003eRoof Rack Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e include BASE Rack-compatible awning brackets, shovel holders and jerry-can mounts, plus suitable load-securing fittings. Choose the attachment intended for your platform and equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53971157352790,"sku":"XRRJ1770060FORA5CABK","price":1037.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/base_rack_5.png?v=1779485335"},{"product_id":"arb-bed-rack-cross-bars-1252mm-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards-x8sbr1780660fora8d","title":"ARB 1252mm Bed Rack Cross Bars - Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake your Ranger Bed Rack more useful for tents and equipment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCross bars give your existing ARB Bed Rack a place to support equipment across the pickup bed. These 1252mm beams are for the Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023-onwards installation, creating useful mounting space above the bed while the space beneath remains available for other gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e X8SBR1780660FORA8D\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSupport equipment across the bed\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bars mount flush with the Bed Rack rail and provide a useful arrangement for a suitably supported rooftop tent. Choose the number, spacing and tent mounting hardware around the tent's requirements and the complete rack installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach beam has a 50kg load rating. That is a per-beam figure, not permission to multiply the vehicle or complete Bed Rack limit by adding more bars. Account for the bars, tent and accessories in the total load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKeep your accessory mounting flexible\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cross beams incorporate the BASE Rack-style dovetail mounting system, allowing compatible accessories to attach in useful positions. Browse our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/collections\/roof-rack-accessories\"\u003eroof rack accessories\u003c\/a\u003e for matching tie-downs and other mounting options, checking their suitability for the cross-beam arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe flush fit helps make the upper part of the rack a practical platform for equipment rather than leaving bars sitting above the frame unnecessarily.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMatch the bars to your rack\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a cross-bar accessory for an existing compatible Bed Rack. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-bed-rack-mount-kit-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards-double-cab-x8sbr17940100fora\"\u003eARB Ranger Mk8 Double Cab Bed Rack\u003c\/a\u003e is a matched frame option, sold separately. The 1252mm length and the Ranger Double Cab application matter; choose the correct bar for the frame rather than a generic roof-bar size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter installation, check the mounts and load security regularly. Leave appropriate clearance for the equipment and keep within all vehicle, frame, beam and accessory limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1780660\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023 onwards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed Rack cross-bar accessory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBeam length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1252mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBeam load rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50kg per beam; complete system limits also apply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlush with Bed Rack rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAccessory interface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDovetail mounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFrame\/tent\/accessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparate purchase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePayment Terms\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor UK customers, the price shown includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping costs, so you can order with confidence and avoid unexpected customs bills after purchase. If any customs-related questions or issues arise, Hoonies Adrenaline will handle them for you.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor orders outside the UK, please contact us through the contact form before purchasing so we can prepare a personalised quote.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eShipping and Lead Times\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe aim to keep strong stock availability across the products we sell, but imported, specialist and custom-order items may have a lead time. If you need an estimated delivery window before ordering, please contact us and we will be happy to check this for you.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIf you place an order for an item that is currently out of stock or already on order with a supplier, Hoonies Adrenaline will contact you as soon as possible with an update.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the complete Bed Rack included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. These are cross-bar accessories for the matching Bed Rack. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-bed-rack-mount-kit-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards-double-cab-x8sbr17940100fora\"\u003eRanger Double Cab frame\u003c\/a\u003e is separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan they support a rooftop tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey provide a suitable type of support for a matched tent installation. Follow the tent's required beam spacing and mounting arrangement and the complete rack\/vehicle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the load rating 50kg for the whole rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rating is 50kg per beam. The complete frame, vehicle and accessory ratings still apply and must not be exceeded.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I attach accessories to the bars?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. They incorporate a dovetail mounting interface for compatible accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill any 1252mm bar fit my pickup?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose by the exact rack and vehicle application. This listing is for the Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023-onwards arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53971389153622,"sku":"X8SBR1780660FORA8D","price":309.86,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/cross_bars_1.png?v=1779487374"},{"product_id":"arb-bed-rack-mount-kit-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards-double-cab-x8sbr17940100fora","title":"ARB Ranger Mk8 Double Cab Bed Rack Kit | 17940100","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCarry more above the bed and keep useful space underneath\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour Ranger's load bed can carry bulky equipment and still have room for the things you use every day. This ARB Bed Rack kit adds rails above the bed, with dovetail mounting points for compatible equipment on several faces. Add the appropriate cross bars or BASE Rack platform to suit what you want to carry, from work gear to camping equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e X8SBR17940100FORA8D\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMake use of more of the load bed\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe north-to-south rails provide mounting positions on top, underneath, inside and outside. With the appropriate cross bars fitted, the arrangement can leave useful access for taller items in the bed. You can organise smaller equipment around the rails while keeping the central load area available for larger luggage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eStrong aluminium with a low profile\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame uses 6061 aluminium extrusion with a black powder-coat finish. Its low height helps keep a compatible rooftop installation lower, while internal cable routing provides a tidy route for suitable lighting or power wiring. The system has a 150 kg load rating when installed with the required supports and used within all applicable limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you are buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit supplies the left and right bed-rack frames, vehicle-specific mounting brackets and fitting hardware. Optional cross bars, BASE Rack platform and its bed-rack attachment kit are selected separately. That lets you choose the upper carrying arrangement to suit the equipment you actually use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe right fitting arrangement for your Ranger\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the Ranger Mk8 double cab, using the 17940100 arrangement without the factory roller shutter. On Wildtrak installations the factory sailplane and roller tonneau are removed. The fitting guide requires the appropriate J-brace arrangement: 4140135 for the specified Ranger installation, or 4140138 for the MY22 Raptor arrangement. Allow for the vehicle-specific brace arrangement when specifying the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt least one cross bar must remain fitted when accessories are attached to the bed rack. Use a trained installer and the matching vehicle instructions so the supports, clearances and load-carrying arrangement are checked together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdd accessories you will use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/collections\/roof-rack-accessories\"\u003eRoof Rack Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e include BASE Rack-compatible equipment such as awning brackets, shovel holders and load-securing fittings. Choose the fitting for the bed-rack rail or the separate platform it attaches to. Platform-specific accessories and cross bars still need the matching attachment arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX8SBR17940100FORA8D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17940100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab; listed 2022+ application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6061 aluminium extrusion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAccessory attachment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBASE Rack dovetail system on multiple rail faces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSystem load rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg with required support arrangement; lower vehicle\/accessory limits govern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eListed assembly\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft\/right bed-rack frames, vehicle brackets and fitting hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCross bars\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptional; at least one required when accessories are fitted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBASE Rack platform\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelected separately with matching bed-rack mounting kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRequired bracing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAppropriate 4140135 Ranger or 4140138 MY22 Raptor brace arrangement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFactory roller shutter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17940100 arrangement requires its removal; Wildtrak sailplane also removed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCable routing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInside the frame extrusion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFastener checks\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAfter 500 km and at regular service\/pre-trip intervals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePayment Terms\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor UK customers, the price shown includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping costs, so you can order with confidence and avoid unexpected customs bills after purchase. If any customs-related questions or issues arise, Hoonies Adrenaline will handle them for you.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor orders outside the UK, please contact us through the contact form before purchasing so we can prepare a personalised quote.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eShipping and Lead Times\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe aim to keep strong stock availability across the products we sell, but imported, specialist and custom-order items may have a lead time. If you need an estimated delivery window before ordering, please contact us and we will be happy to check this for you.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIf you place an order for an item that is currently out of stock or already on order with a supplier, Hoonies Adrenaline will contact you as soon as possible with an update.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a BASE Rack platform?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame and mount kit are the foundation. Select the optional cross bars or matching BASE Rack platform and attachment kit for the carrying arrangement you want.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it with the factory roller shutter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 17940100 arrangement is for fitting without the factory roller shutter. The Wildtrak factory sailplane and roller tonneau are removed for this installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat bracing does it need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fitting guide specifies the appropriate Ranger J-brace arrangement. It lists 4140135 for Ranger and 4140138 for the MY22 Raptor arrangement. Your installer uses the arrangement matched to your vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a cross bar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, at least one cross bar must remain fitted when accessories are attached. Choose the appropriate cross-bar or platform arrangement for the load you intend to carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much can I carry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe correctly supported system is rated to 150 kg. Use any lower applicable vehicle or accessory limit, distribute the load evenly and secure it properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I check after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the fasteners after the first 500 km, at regular service intervals and before a trip. Include the accessory mounts and load security in those checks.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53971389251926,"sku":"X8SBR17940100FORA8D","price":1017.64,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/bed_rack_1.png?v=1779487375"},{"product_id":"arb-outback-drawer-set-with-slide-out-kitchen-ford-ranger-mk5-7-2012-2022-double","title":"ARB Ford Ranger Mk5-7 Double Cab 2012-2022 Drawer \u0026 Slide-Out Kitchen","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA proper kitchen at the end of the track.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe best part of a day out can be the meal at the end of it. This ARB kitchen and Outback drawer package gives your Mk5-7 Ranger a stainless bench, three-burner hob and collapsible sink in one fitted arrangement. Your cooking essentials stay organised in the load bay, ready for a lunch stop or an evening at camp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XGSOUBFORA5KIK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpace to cook a proper meal\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1250 × 485 mm stainless bench gives you space to prepare ingredients beside the cooker, with a 30 kg evenly distributed load limit. The Thetford hob has two 1.75 kW burners and a 2.5 kW rapid burner: boil water while another pan is cooking, or prepare more than one part of a meal together. Its glass lid becomes a splashback when open. Flame-out protection cuts the gas if a flame goes out, and closing the lid also shuts off the supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEverything close to hand\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe utensil drawer gives cutlery and small cooking essentials a place to stay between stops. The 12 L collapsible sink, drying base and utensil holder make washing up part of the same cooking space. The kitchen locks in its extended position, with anti-rollback drawer features and anti-rattle construction for touring. Deployment takes around 15 seconds, before connecting the gas and preparing to cook. There are no support legs to position underneath, leaving the space around the kitchen clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe drawer package for your Mk5-7 Ranger\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the 2012-2022 Mk5-7 Double Cab package without an additional roller floor. The kitchen itself still slides out. It includes the kitchen, Outback drawer system, three-burner stove and collapsible sink; food, cookware, a fridge and the LPG cylinder are separate. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-outback-drawer-system-with-slide-out-kitchen-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards-do\"\u003e2023+ Mk8 Ranger\u003c\/a\u003e needs its own package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and using it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting is recommended. Installation includes drilling for the kitchen mountings, with enough space behind the tailgate for full extension. Use the LPG hose and regulator that match the supplied hob and cylinder, and cook outdoors with the extension locks engaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePack away ready for the next stop\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter the meal, let the cooker cool, disconnect the gas supply and secure the hob and sink shelf before sliding the kitchen away. You can leave the main cooking equipment organised in its own fitted space, rather than repacking a collection of loose items. Wipe the stainless surfaces with a soft cloth and a suitable non-abrasive cleaner, particularly after salt exposure. Check the fixings and latches before a trip and during the annual inspection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhen a fitted kitchen earns its place\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor regular touring, the appeal is having the bench, cooker, sink and storage ready together at each stop. You trade some load-bay space and payload for that repeated convenience. A portable stove and table remain a simpler choice for occasional use. Allow room behind the tailgate for the extended kitchen and keep the total carried load within the vehicle's limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk5-7 Double Cab 2012-2022\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne vehicle-specific kitchen and drawer package\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ewithout Roller Floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKitchen housing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1355 × 500 × 310 mm; kitchen module, not full load-bay package\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKitchen internal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 × 485 × 190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 × 485 mm stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kg evenly distributed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooktop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThetford LPG; two 1.75 kW burners and one 2.5 kW burner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 L collapsible sink with drying base and utensil holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUtensil drawer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 × 345 × 145 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClosure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKey-lockable slam-shut latches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStove load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSink-platform load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawer extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115% on the RDK1355 kitchen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU \/ part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXGSOUBFORA5KIK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the stove included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The three-burner Thetford stove is included with the slide-out kitchen. The LPG cylinder is separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the sink plumbed into a water tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe included sink is a 12 L collapsible bowl. This package does not supply an onboard water tank or pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it just as a workbench?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. You can use the extended bench without opening the full cooking arrangement, staying within the 30 kg evenly distributed limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the roller-floor choice change?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis package has no additional sliding cargo top. The kitchen still slides out normally. It is the Mk5-7 Double Cab kit for 2012-2022, separate from the newer Mk8 Ranger package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo those dimensions describe the whole installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 1355 × 500 × 310 mm dimensions are for the kitchen housing. The complete drawer package and mounting must be matched to the vehicle’s load bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I cook with the hob still inside the vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Extend and lock the kitchen for outdoor use, with the cooker arranged as directed in its instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it use much of the load bay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The kitchen and drawers are a fitted installation, using cargo space and some payload. In return, the cooking equipment stays organised and accessible at each stop. It suits regular touring best, when that convenience is worth dedicating the space to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I change which side I cook from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The hob box can be unbolted and rotated during installation to suit access from the other side. Have its locks, clearances and gas connection checked in the chosen position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy this rather than a portable stove?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the ready-to-use cooking space around the stove: a substantial preparation bench, a sink, storage and a fitted home for the equipment. You still connect the gas and prepare the cooker at each stop, but there is less separate furniture and loose equipment to set out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53998646002006,"sku":"XGSOUBFORA5KIK","price":4686.41,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Stove_e726f0e0-2b4b-4033-9ae9-4de2e90634f2.png?v=1779805757"},{"product_id":"arb-outback-drawer-system-with-slide-out-kitchen-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards-do","title":"ARB Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+ Drawer \u0026 Slide-Out Kitchen","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour favourite lunch stop does not need a café.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSlide out a proper worktop and cook something you look forward to eating. This ARB kitchen and Outback drawer package brings a stainless preparation bench, three-burner hob and collapsible sink together in your Ranger's load bay. It suits 2023+ Mk8 Double Cab models with a bed liner and excludes the 2025 PHEV. Your cooking equipment travels together, ready for the next stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XGSOUBFORA8KILK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpace to cook a proper meal\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1250 × 485 mm stainless bench gives you space to prepare ingredients beside the cooker, with a 30 kg evenly distributed load limit. The Thetford hob has two 1.75 kW burners and a 2.5 kW rapid burner: boil water while another pan is cooking, or prepare more than one part of a meal together. Its glass lid becomes a splashback when open. Flame-out protection cuts the gas if a flame goes out, and closing the lid also shuts off the supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEverything close to hand\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe utensil drawer gives cutlery and small cooking essentials a place to stay between stops. The 12 L collapsible sink, drying base and utensil holder make washing up part of the same cooking space. The kitchen locks in its extended position, with anti-rollback drawer features and anti-rattle construction for touring. Deployment takes around 15 seconds, before connecting the gas and preparing to cook. There are no support legs to position underneath, leaving the space around the kitchen clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe drawer package for your Mk8 Ranger\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSupplied equipment includes the slide-out kitchen, Outback drawer system, three-burner stove and collapsible sink. Food, cookware, a fridge and the LPG cylinder are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and using it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting is recommended. Installation includes drilling for the kitchen mountings, with enough space behind the tailgate for full extension. Use the LPG hose and regulator that match the supplied hob and cylinder, and cook outdoors with the extension locks engaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePack away ready for the next stop\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter the meal, let the cooker cool, disconnect the gas supply and secure the hob and sink shelf before sliding the kitchen away. You can leave the main cooking equipment organised in its own fitted space, rather than repacking a collection of loose items. Wipe the stainless surfaces with a soft cloth and a suitable non-abrasive cleaner, particularly after salt exposure. Check the fixings and latches before a trip and during the annual inspection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor UK orders, the price includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping costs. We handle any customs issues. For orders outside the UK, contact us for a quote before purchasing. Imported, specialist or custom-order products can have a lead time; we can check an estimated delivery window before you order. If an ordered item is out of stock or already on order with a supplier, we will contact you with an update.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhen a fitted kitchen earns its place\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor regular touring, the appeal is having the bench, cooker, sink and storage ready together at each stop. You trade some load-bay space and payload for that repeated convenience. A portable stove and table remain a simpler choice for occasional use. Allow room behind the tailgate for the extended kitchen and keep the total carried load within the vehicle's limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+; with bed liner; excludes 2025 PHEV\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne vehicle-specific kitchen and drawer package\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ewith Slide-Out Kitchen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKitchen housing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1355 × 500 × 310 mm; kitchen module, not full load-bay package\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKitchen internal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 × 485 × 190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 × 485 mm stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kg evenly distributed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooktop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThetford LPG; two 1.75 kW burners and one 2.5 kW burner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 L collapsible sink with drying base and utensil holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUtensil drawer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 × 345 × 145 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClosure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKey-lockable slam-shut latches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStove load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSink-platform load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawer extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115% on the RDK1355 kitchen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU \/ part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXGSOUBFORA8KILK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the stove included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The three-burner Thetford stove is included with the slide-out kitchen. The LPG cylinder is separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the sink plumbed into a water tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe included sink is a 12 L collapsible bowl. This package does not supply an onboard water tank or pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it just as a workbench?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. You can use the extended bench without opening the full cooking arrangement, staying within the 30 kg evenly distributed limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a Ranger PHEV?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This Mk8 Double Cab package excludes the 2025 Ranger PHEV. It is for the specified vehicle with a bed liner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo those dimensions describe the whole installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 1355 × 500 × 310 mm dimensions are for the kitchen housing. The complete drawer package and mounting must be matched to the vehicle’s load bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I cook with the hob still inside the vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Extend and lock the kitchen for outdoor use, with the cooker arranged as directed in its instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it use much of the load bay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The kitchen and drawers are a fitted installation, using cargo space and some payload. In return, the cooking equipment stays organised and accessible at each stop. It suits regular touring best, when that convenience is worth dedicating the space to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I change which side I cook from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The hob box can be unbolted and rotated during installation to suit access from the other side. Have its locks, clearances and gas connection checked in the chosen position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy this rather than a portable stove?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the ready-to-use cooking space around the stove: a substantial preparation bench, a sink, storage and a fitted home for the equipment. You still connect the gas and prepare the cooker at each stop, but there is less separate furniture and loose equipment to set out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53998646100310,"sku":"XGSOUBFORA8KILK","price":4853.26,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Easy_Access_cce6e045-1573-4c2d-848e-bed0c0a02e78.png?v=1779805764"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/collections\/hoonies-model-ford-ranger-full-bleed-20261010-27f894a76df1.webp?v=1791893658","url":"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/collections\/ford-ranger.oembed?page=7","provider":"Hoonies Adrenaline","version":"1.0","type":"link"}